&EPA
DIRECTIVE NUMBER:
TITLE:
           APPROVAL DATE: OCTOBER*,
           EFFECTIVE DATE: OCTOBER 9, 198*
           ORIGINATING OFFICE: OFFICE cr -^.TIT
           Q FINAL
           D DRAFT
            LEVEL OF DRAFT
              DA — Signed by AA or DAA      /
              D B — Signed by Office Director
              DC — Review & Comment
           REFERENCE (other document*):
            •                       •, .
            SCRA Facility
                                      ,>.-«4,~^^__~*
                                      ~ —L.V • •=*••

 DIRECTIVE

-------
                                                                          »   I
                                                                        OS'A'ER POUCY DIRECTIVE NO.
                                                                      9502.00-5   -
                                .P.I- :
  c/EPA
                       vVasningipn uC 20460
       OSWER Directive Initiation Request
                                                 9b02.00-5
                                              qinator informa;
Nam* of Contact Person
    David  Faaan
                 Mail Code  -    Branch
                   WH-563
                                  T'elecrtone'ftumoer
                                       3S2-4740
Lead Office
   D OERR
   (3 osw
D OUST
LJ
D
                           AoO'Ov«d tor Rev
Signature o» O'«'Ce Director
                    AA-OSW6R
                                                Oate
    RCRA  Facility  Assessment Guidance
Summary of Directive
    Transmits  RCRA  Facility  Assessment Guidance  to Regions and  discusses definition
    of a solid waste management  unit
Key Words:
    RCRA  Facility  Assessment, RFA, Solid  Waste  Management Unit
    o' Directive 
-------
                                                                POliCV C/RECTJVE W0.
^
   #   \                                                 9502.
                  UNITED STATE? ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
         I
                              WASHINGTON  D C 20460
                                                            ?- ?°licv Directi'/e
                                                         9502.10-5   '
      L!EMQRA:,'DUM
                                                                OF^iCi 3 =
                                                       sou D .VAS'S AND =ME*Gc
      SUBJECT:  RCRA  Facility Assessment Guidance
      FROM:     J. Vvinston  Porter,  Assistant Administrator
                Office  of Solid Waste and Emergency Response

      ""0:       Addressees


           Attached you will  find guidance on conducting  RCRA Facility
      Assessments  (RFAs).   This document replaces the draft guidance
      (then called "PA/SI"  guidance) which was distributed  in August,
      1985.  The guidance in  this final document does not fundamentally
      alter the scope or approach to conducting RFAs  that was outlined
      in the draft document.   Most  revisions have been made to clarify
      or strengthen certain features of the guidance  to  reflect v
-------
                               -2-
                                              CSi:ER Policv Directive
                                              9502.00-5
cannot be located without substantial samplina or other  invest-
igations.  Likewise, releases or areas of facilities which are
not solid waste management units, but which are nevertheless
potentially subject to corrective action under RCRA  [e.g., §3008(h)]
or other authorities, should also be considered to be of  relatively
lower priority in conducting RFAs.  A discussion of  these other
types of releases, and how they may be addressed, is presented
below.

     Some Questions have been raised regarding the definition of
the term "solid waste management unit", which is relevant to
determining which units at a facility should be assessed  in an
RFA.  The Final Codification Rule (July 15, 1985) identified the
types of discernible units which are considered solid waste
management units to include landfills, surface impoundments,
waste piles, land treatment units, incinerators, tanks,  container
storage units, injection wells and other physical, chemical and
biological treatment units.  In addition, the Agency has  inter-
preted the term to apply to areas associated with production
processes at facilities which have become contaminated as a
result of routine, systematic and deliberate releases of  wastes
or constituents (a product may become a waste if it  is discarded
or abandoned).  An example of this type of solid waste management
unit would be a wood preservative "kickback" area/ where  drippag^
of preservative fluids onto soils from pressure-treated  wood     ?
is allowed to occur over time.          •           ,  . -
             -  *              "                       .
     Several Regions have requested clarification regarding the
application of the concept of "solid waste management unit" to
other contaminated areas at facilities, such as one-time  spills,
leakage from product storage, and releases from production areas
that are not routine, systematic and deliberate.  Such releases
are not considered to be solid waste management units.   As explained
in the Final Codification Rule, spills of wastes or constituents
are considered subject to §3004(u) corrective action only if the
spill occurred from a solid waste management unit.  A spill which
did not occur from a discernible solid waste management  unit is
not of itself a solid waste management unit.  Likewise,  leakage
from product storage and other types of releases associated
with production processes would not be considered solid  waste
management units, unless those releases were routine, systematic
and deliberate.

     Although of relatively lower priority in conducting  RFAs,
certain releases at facilities which are not related to  solid waste
management units can be addres>sed using §3008(h) or other enforce-
ment authorities.  In situations where an enforcement action has
been initiated at a facility to address releases that are not
related to solid waste management units, and where a permit is
subsequently issued to the facility, those actions can be continued
under the permit, under the authority of RCRA §3005(c)(3).
Likewise, at some facilities, investigators may have reason to
believe that an area that is not a solid waste management unit
is likely to be causing or have caused serious environmental
problems.  In such cases, compliance schedules may be written in
permits (under §3005(c)(3) authority) or orders to provide for

-------
                                                     '-m Fqlicv Directive
                               ~~                  9502.00-5

preliminary RFA-type  investigations  by  owner/operators to address
such areas.  If releases are  subsequently identified which require
further investigation or action, the permit or order can be modified
to provide for necessary owner/operator actions.

     If you have any questions or  comments  regarding the RFA
guidance,  or other RFA-related issues,  please  contact Dave Fagan
at FTS 382-4740.


Addressees:
     Hazardous Waste Division Directors,  Regions  I-X
     RCRA Branch Chiefs, Regions I-X
     RCRA Permit Section Chiefs, Regions  I-X
     RCRA Enforcement Section Chiefs, Regions  I-X
     State RCRA Permit and  Enforcement  Contacts

-------
Environmental Protection
Agency
Solid Waste
Washington DC 20460
l\\j;
Solid Waste
RCRA
Facility Assessment
Guidance



-------

-------
                                OSVO POLICY DIKtUivt

                               9502.00-5
 RCRA  FACILITY  ASSESSMENT GUIDANCE
Permits -and'State Programs Division
       Offi ce of Sol id Waste
U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency

-------
                         ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS


     The document  was  prepared  by  the  joint  efforts  of  the  following
individuals:  Clem  Rastatter (currently at  EPA-OERR),  Dave  Pagan
and Oarsi  Foss,  OSW -  Permits  and  State Programs  Division;  Mark
Gilbertson and  Howard  Wilson,  Office  of Waste  Programs  Enforce-
ment; Tina Kaneen, Office of General  Counsel;  Betsy  Marcotte  and
Ton Gherlein, Sobotka  ft Company,  Inc.

-------
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS     9 50 2.  GO'S
                                                             Page
CHAPTER ONE - INTRODUCTION

  I.  OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF THE RCRA CORRECTIVE
      ACTION PROGRAM                                         1-1

 II .  PURPOSE OF THE RFA                                     1-2

III.  SCOPE OF THE RFA                                       1-3

 IV.  TECHNICAL APPROACH                                     1-5

  V.  ORGANIZATION OF THIS DOCUMENT                          1-9

CHAPTER TMO - CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY REVIEW

  I.  INTRODUCTION                                           2-1

      A.   Purpose                                            2-1
      B.   Scope                                              2-1
      C.   Product                                            2-2

 It.  GATHERING PR .1 NFORMATION                               2-2

      A.   Written I nf ormat i on ' and Documents                  2-3'
      B.   MeetingwithRe'levant Individuals                  2-5
      C.   Collecting Additional Information                  2-6

III.  EVALUATING PR INFORMATION                              2-6

      A.   Investigating Facility Waste Generation
          Processes                                          2-6
      8.   Identifying SWMUs  and Other Potential
          Releases of Concern                                2-7
      C.   Evaluating the Facility's Release Potential         2-8

 IV.  COMPLETING THE PRELIMINARY REVIEW                      2-11

      A.   Identify ing Significant Data Gaps                  2-12
      B.   Focusing the Visual Site Inspection and
          Sampling Visit                                     2-12
      C.   Document ing the Preliminary Review                 2-13

CHAPTER THREE - CONDUCTING A VISUAL SITE INSPECTION

  U  INTRODUCTION                                           3-1

      A.   Purpose                                            3-1
      B.   Scope        &                                     3-1
      C.   Product     >                                      3-1

-------

-------
                                        VWnl.lt I \JLIUI
                                      9502. 00r5   3 '
                                                           " Page
 II.   PLANNING  THE  VISUAL  SITE  INSPECTION                    3-2

III.   CONDUCTING  THE  FIELD ACTIVITES  DURING  THE  VSI          3-2

      A.   Obtaining Visual Evidence  of Unit
          Characteristics                                    3-4
      8.   Obtaining Visual Evidence  of Waste
          Character! sti cs                                    3-4
      C.   Obtaining Visual Evidence  of Pollutant
          Migration Pathways                                 3-4
      0.   Obtaining Visual Evidence  of Release               3-5
      E.   Obtaining Visual Evidence  of Exposure'
          Potential                                         3-5

 IV.   DETERMINING THE NEED FOR  FURTHER ACTION
      DURING THE  RFA                                         3-5

      A.   Determining the  Need  for  a  Sampling  Visit          3-6
      3 .   Determining the  Need  for  Interim Measures          3-7
      C .   Determining the  Need  for  a  Remedial
          Investigation                                      3-7

CHAPTER FOUR -  CONDUCTING  THE SAMPLING VISIT

  I.   INTRODUCTION                                           4-1

      A .   Purpose  •           "                              4-1 '
      8.   Scope                                             4-1
      C.   Product                                           4-2

 II.   DEVELOPING  A  SAMPLING VISIT PLAN                      4-2

      A.   Determining the  Need  for  Sampling  at  Facilities    4-2
      B.   DevelopingaSamplingPlan                         4-4

III.   PREPARING- FOR THE  SAMPLING VISIT                      4-8

      A.   Gaining Facility Access                           4-9
      B.   Community Relations                               4-10
      C.   Preparing a Safety  Plan                           4-10
      D.   EPA Oversight  of Owner/Operator  Sampling
          Acti vi ti es                                         4-11

 IV.   CONDUCTING  THE  SAMPLING VISIT                          4-11

      A.   Preliminary Site Activities                       4-11
      B.   Sampling  Procedures                               4-12
      C.   Photography                                       4-12
      D.   Logbook                                           4-13
      E.   Sample  Shi pment /Sample Analysis                    4-14
      F.   Decontamination/Demobilization                     4-14
                              -iii-

-------
  V.  FINAL RFA RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FURTHER ACTION

      A.   Making RFA Release Determinations
      8.   Making Recommendations for Each SWMU or
          Group of SWMUs

 VI.  FINAL RFA PRODUCT

CHAPTER FIVE - GROUND WATER

  I.  INTRODUCTION                                          5-1

      A.   Purpose                                           5-1
      R.   Scope                                             5-1

 II.  CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY REVIEW AND VISUAL SITE
      INSPECTION OF GROUND-WATER RELEASE POTENTIAL          5-2

      A.   Unit Character!sties                              5-2
      3 .   Waste Characteristics                             5-7
      C.   Pollutant Migration Pathways                      5-3
      0.   EvidenceofRelease                               5-9
      E.   Exposure Potential                                5-10
      F.   Determining the  Need for Additional
          Samp!ing Information                              5-11

III.  COLLECTING ADD IT-I ONAL" S AMPL I NG I NFORMA'T I ON • •
      IN  THE SV                                             5-14

      A.   Sampling of Existing Ground-Water
          Monitoring Wells                                  5 - ] 4
      3.   Soi1 Samp!ing                                     5-17
      C.   SoilGasMonitoring                               5-17
      D.   Electromagnetic  Conductivity Mapping              5-19
      E.   Sampling of Domestic Wells                        5-20
      F.   Installation Of  New Monitoring Wells              5-20

 IV.  MAKING GROUND-WATER  RELEASE DETERMINATIONS            5-21

CHAPTER SIX - SURFACE WATER

  I.  INTRODUCTION                                          6-1

      A.Purpose                                           6-1
      B.   Scope                                             6-1
                               -TV-

-------
                                    9502.00-5  ^    D
                                                            Page

 II.   CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY  REVIEW AND VISUAL SITE      t
      INSPECTION OF RELEASES  TO SURFACE  WATER                6-2

      A.   Unit  Character!'sties                               6-2
      B.   Waste Characteristics                             6-5
      C.   Pollutant Migration Pathways                      6-6
      0.   Evidence of Release                               6-8
      E.   Exposure Potential                                 6-9
      F.   Determining the  Need  for  Additional  Sampling       6-10

III.   COLLECTING ADDITIONAL  SAMPLING INFORMATION IN  THE  SV  6-12

      A.   Surface Water  Sampling                            6-13
      R.   Sludge and Sediment Sampling                      6-14
      C.   Soi1  Smapli ng                                      6-14
      T.   Run-Off Sanpling                                  5-14

 IV.   MAKING  SURFACE WATER RELEASE  DETERMINATIONS           6-15

CHAJTER SEVEN  - AIR

  I.   INTRODUCTION                                       *  7-1

      A.Purpose                                           7-1

 II.   CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY  REVIEW AND VISUAL
   '   SITE INSPECTION OF AIR  RELEASE POTENTIAL         .     7-2
                                 *

      A._ Unit  Characteristics                               "7-2
      R.   Waste Characteristics                             7-6
      C.   Pollutant Migration Pathway                       7-13
      D.   Evidence of Release                               7-13
      E.   Exposure Potential                                 7-14
      F.   Determining the  Need  for  Additional
          Sampling Information                               7-15

III.   OBTAINING ADDITIONAL SAMPLING INFORMATION              '7-16

 IV.   MAKING  RELEASE DETERMINATIONS                         7-18

CHAPTER EIGHT  - SUBSURFACE GAS

  I.   INTRODUCTION                                          8-1

      A.   Purpose                                           8-1
      R.   Scope                                             8-1

 II.   CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY  REVIEW AND VISUAL SITE
      INSPECTION OF SUBSURFACE  GAS  RELEASE POTENTIAL        8-2

      A.   Unit  Characteristics                               8-2
      B.   Waste Characteristics          '                   8-5
      C.   Pollutant Migration Pathways                      8-9
                               -v-

-------
                                                            Page

      D.   Evidence of Release                               8-10
      E.   Exposure Potential                                 8-10
      F.   Determining the Need for Additional
          Sampling in the SV                                 8-11

III.  COLLECTING ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IN THE  SV            8-12

 IV.   MAKING SUBSURFACE GAS RELEASE DETERMINATIONS          8-14

CHAPTER NINE - SOILS

  I.   INTRODUCTION                                          9-1

      A.   Purpose                                           9-1
      8.   Scope                                             9-1

 II.   CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY REVIEW AND VISUAL
      SITE INSPECTION OF RELEASES TO SOILS                  9-2

      A.   Unit Characteristics                              9-2
      3.   Waste Characteristics                             9-5
      C.   Pollutant Migration Pathways                      9-6
      0.   Evidence of a Release                             9-7
      E.   Exposure Potential                                 9-7
      F.   Determining the Need for Additional  Sampling      9-8

III.   COLLECTING ADDITIONAL SAMPLING INFORMATION
      IN  THE SV                                    •         9-10

      A.   General Information on Selecting Sampling
          Locati ons                                         9-10
      B.   Sampling Methodology and Evaluation  of Results    9-11

 IV.   MAKING A RELEASE DETERMINATION                        9-12


APPENDIX  A - SAMPLE RFA REPORT OUTLINE

APPENDIX  B - RFA INFORMATION SOURCES

APPENDIX  C - SAMPLE LETTER OF REQUEST FOR OWNER/OPERATOR
              INFORMATION

APPENDIX  D - GAINING FACILITY ACCESS WHEN DENIED

APPENDIX  E - PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PARAMETERS  FOR
              CONSTITUENTS OF CONCERN
                               -vi -

-------
                                                9 5U 2 . 00- 5  -«  *
                         LIST OF EXHIBITS
Exhibit                                                     Page
  1-1       Major Factors to Consider in Conducting RFAs      1-7
  1-2       Types of Information Evaluated During the
           Three Steps of the RFA                           1-8
  5-1       Ranking of Unit Potential for Ground  Water
           Releases and Mechanisms of Release               5-4
  5-2       Monitoring Well Location                         5-16
  5-3       Checklist for Ground Water Releases               5-22
  5-1       Ranking of Unit Potential for Surface Water
           Release and Mechanisms of Release                6-4
  5-2       Checklist for Surface Water Release               6-17
  7-1       Unit Potential for Air Releases and
           Mechanisms of Release                            7-4
  7-2       Parameters and Measures for Use in Evaluating
           Potential Air Releases of Hazardous  Waste
           Consti tuents                     .                7-7
  7-3       Hazardous Constituents of Concern as  Vapor
           Releases                                         7-8
  7-4       Hazardous Constituents of Concern as
           Particulate Releases                             7-10
  7-5       Checklist for Air Releases                       7-20
  8-1       Unit Potential for Subsurface Gas Releases
           and Mechanisms of Release                        8-4
  8-2       Subsurface Gas Generation/Migration  in a
           Landfill                                         8-6
  8-3       Subsurface Gas Generation/Migration  from
           Units Closed as Landfills                        8-7
  8-4       Checklist for Subsurface Gas Releases            8-15
  9-1       Ranking of Unit Potential for Soil Release
           and Mechanisms of Release                        9-3
  9-2       Checklist for Releases to Soils                  9-14
                              -vi i -

-------
                           CHAPTER  ONE

                           INTRODUCTION
                                                  OSWER POLICY DIRECTIVE NO,

                                                 9502.00-5   -
I.   OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE  OF  THE  RCRA  CORRECTIVE  ACTION  PROGRAM

     The primary objective of the RCRA corrective action  program
is to clean up releases of hazardous  waste  or  hazardous  constit-
uents that threaten human  health  or  the environment.   The  program
applies to all operating,  closed  or  closing RCRA  facilities.

     The 1984 Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments  (HSWA)  estab-
lished broad new authorities  in  t h e  R C R A program  to  assist EPA  in
accomplishing these objectives.   These new  authorities  are:

     o  §3004(u) - Corrective Action  for.Continuing  Releases

        Requires that  any  permit  issued after  November  8,  1984,
        require corrective action for  all  releases  from  solid
        waste management units at the  facility.   The  provision
        also requires  t h * t owner/operators  demonstrate  financial
        assurance for  any  required  corrective  action,  and  allows
        schedules of compliance  to  be  used  in  permits  where  the
        corrective action  cannot  be  completed  prior  to  permit
        i ssuance .
                                        »                 **   ,
        §3008(h) - Interim Status Corrective Action  Orders  .'

        Provides authority to issue  enforcement orders  to  compel
        corrective action  or  other  response measures  at  interim
        status facilities, and to take civil action  against
        facilities for appropriate  relief.

        §30Q4(v) - Corrective Action  Beyond the Facility  Boundary

        Directs EPA to issue  regulations requiring  corrective
        action beyond  the  facility  boundary where necessary  to
        protect human  health  and  the  environment, unless  the
        owner/operator can demonstrate that he is unable  to
        obtain the necessary  permission, despite  his  best  efforts
        Until such regulations are  promulgated, corrective action
        orders can be  issued  to  require the necessary  corrective
        action.

     These authorities change the focus of  the RCRA  corrective
action program from detecting and correcting future  releases  from
regulated  units to cleaning up problems resulting from  past  waste
management practices at RCRA  facilities.  Prior to  passage of the
HSWA, EPA''s authority  to require  corrective action  for  releases
of hazardous constituents  under  RCRA  was limited  to  ground water
releases from units that were covered  by RCRA  permits.   Part  264,

-------
Subpart F provided the vehicle for requiring corrective action at
these "regulated units".  The post-HSWA program extends RCRA
authority to releases to all  media and all  units at RCRA facili-
ties and encourages the use of other authorities, as needed or
appropriate, to help achieve corrective action objectives at
these facilities.

     The RCRA corrective action program consists of three phases:

     1.  The RCRA Facility Assessment (RFA)  to identify releases
         or potential releases requiring further investigation.

     2.  The RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) to fully charac-
         terize the extent of releases.

     3.  Corrective Measures (CM)  to determine the need for and
         extent of remedial measures.  This  step includes the
         selection and implementation of appropriate remedies
         for all problems identified.

     This guidance document describes the first phase of this
process and  outlines procedures and criteria EPA and State
personnel snould follow in conducting RFAs  at RCRA facilities.


II.  PURPOSE OF THE RFA

     The -RCRA'Faci 1 i ty Assessment  is a three-stag"e process for:

     o   Identifying and gathering  information on releases at
        RCRA facilities;

     o  Evaluating solid waste management units (SWMUs) and other
        areas of concern for releases to all media and regulated
        units for releases to media other than ground water;

     o  Making  preliminary determinations regarding releases of
        concern and the need for further actions and interim
        measures at the facility;  and

     o   Screening from further investigation those SWMUs which
        do not  pose a threat to human health or the environment.

During the RFA, EPA or State investigators  will gather information
on SWMUs and .-other areas of concern at RCRA facilities.  They will
evaluate this information to determine whether there are releases
that warrant further investigatior or other action at these
facilities.  Upon completion of the RFA, Agency personnel should
have sufficient information to determine the need to proceed to
the  second phase  (RFI) of the process.

     All three  steps of the RFA require the collection and analy-
sis  of data to  support initial release determinations:
                               1-2

-------
                                                OSWER POLICY DIRECTIVE NO,


                                               950 2  . 00-5   **
     o  The prel imi-nary review (PR) focuses primarily on eval-
        uating existing information, such as inspection reports,
        permit applications, historical monitoring data, and
        interviews with State personnel who are familiar with
        the faci11ty .

     o  The visual site inspection (VSI) entails the on-site
        collection of visual information to obtain additional
        evi dence  of release .

     o  The sampling visit  (SV) fills data gaps that remain upon
        completion of the PR and VSI by obtaining sampling and
        field data .
III. SCOPE OF THE RFA

     This section addresses:

     o  Releases covered in the RFA;

     o  Relation of the RFA to the CERCLA PA/SI;

     o  The extent and role of sampling in the RFA; and

     o  Roles and_ responsibilities.
   •i       •                     .      ,
     Releases 'Covered in the RFA

     The RFA should identify all areas  of potential release at
RCRA facilities and include the investigation of releases to all
nedia: air, surface water, ground water, and soils.  However,
ground water releases from regulated units are not addressed in
the RFA.  EPA and/or State investigators should use the full com-
plement of RCRA authorities to secure appropriate action.  These
include §3004(u), §3008(h), §3004(v), §3013 and §7003.   If these
authorities are not sufficient to compel the desired action,
Agency investigators may wish to use other authorities, such as
CERCLA §106 or TSCA §7 authorities and  should consult with EPA or
State offices responsible for administering these programs.

     The HSWA §3004(u) provision focuses on investigating releases
from SWMUs at RCRA facilities.  Solid waste management  units are
defined as:
     o  Any discernible waste management unit at a RCRA facility
        from which hazardous constituents might migrate, irre-
        spective of whether the unit was intended for the manage-
        ment of solid and/or hazardous waste.

The SWMU definition includes:

     o  Containers, tanks, surface impoundments, waste piles,
        land treatment units, landfills, incinerators, and
                               1-3

-------
        underground injection wells, including those units defined
        a_s_ "regulated units" under RCRA.

     o  Recycling units, wastewater treatment units and other
        units which EPA has generally exempted from standards
        applicable to hazardous waste management units.

     o  Areas contaminated by "routine, systematic, and deliber-
        ate discharges" from process areas.

The definition does not include accidental  spills from production
areas and units in which wastes have not  been managed  (e.g.,
product storage areas).

     The RFA will not routinely address releases that  are per-
mitted or required to be permitted under  other environmental
programs or contamination resulting from  permitted discharges.
Where such discharges are of concern, RCRA  personnel should refer
the case to the original permitting authority.  If that authority
does not take appropriate action,  EPA can exercise its authority
under §3004(>j), §3004(v), §3008(h) or §3013.   Where the RFA
identifies contamination requiring further  investigation, RCRA
staff should work on a case-by-case basis with the Regions and
other EPA permit programs to develop a solution to the contami-
nation problem .

     The RFA does address releases from SWMUs to media other
than the' one covered by the unit's discharge  permit.  For example,
EPA can use §3004(u) or §3008(h) to control the release of volatile
organic compounds from NPDES-permitted wastewater treatment units
where there is cause for concern.

     Relation of the RFA to the CERCLA PA/SI

     The CERCLA PA/SI and the RFA  differ  in two important respects.
First, the CERCLA PA/SI focuses on the potential for offsite
exposures from releases, while the RFA focuses on identifying
specific releases at RCRA facilities and  considers the potential
for offsite exposures primarily in determining whether to require
interim corrective measures.

     Second, the CERCLA PA/SI was  developed primarily  as a method
for scoring facilities to determine whether they should be on the
CERCLA National Priority List (NPL).  The RFA does not formally
rank or prioritize facilities.  The RCRA  program may use the
facility management planning (FMP) process  to establish State and
Regional priorities at and among RCRA facilities.  The FMPs
provide a framework for determining specific  permitting and
enforcement actions that should be taken  at a facility and which
facilities EPA should a-ddress first.   Information on potential
releases at a facility is an important input  into this process.
However, it is evaluated along with other information  on the
facility's compliance and permitting status to establish overall
prog ram priorities .
                               1-4

-------
                                                  QS'sVER POUCV DiRECTIVt

                                                9502 .00-5
     Extent and Role of Sampling
     EPA purposely designed the RFA to be limited in scope.
This guidance establishes a framework to assist EPA investigators
in making preliminary release determinations that are largely
based on existing information and best professional  judgment.  The
framework emphasizes the need to--focus data collection and analysis
efforts (i.e., sampling data) on those data that are required to
support specific permit or enforcement order conditions.   In
general, the stronger the case that the investigator must make
to compel an owner/operator to conduct an RFI or to convince the
public that a SWMU does not pose a threat, the greater the amount
of information he/she will need to collect in the SV.

     The Agency recognizes that sampling needs will  differ on a
case-by-case basis.  The extent of sampling will depend on the
amount and quality of information gathered in the PR and  VSI, the
investigator's professional judgment regarding the amount of in-
formation necessary to support an initial release determination,
and the degree of owner/operator cooperation.

     Responsibility for Conducting the RFA

     As the program is currently set up, EPA and/or the States
are responsible for conducting RFAs.  Because of the s.ubjective
nature of these investigations,- the Agency believes that  it is
appropriate for a regulatory agency to conduct'the RFAs.   These
initial  release determinations will  provide the- basis for requiring
a  number of potential  follow-on activities ranging in scope from
no further action to a full corrective action program.  EPA and
the States may use contractors to assist them in conducting these
investigations, but the regulatory agency retains overall  respon-
sibility for the RFA decisions.

     In some instances, it may be appropriate for the facility
owner/operator to perform certain sampling activities.  EPA
and/or the State should make such determinations on a case-by-case
basis and should carefully review and approve plans  developed by
owner/operators and oversee field activities conducted by the
owner/operator.


IV.  TECHNICAL APPROACH

     All  three steps of the RFA require the investigator  to ex-
amine extensive data on the facility and specific units at the
facility.  These data can generally be divided into five  categories

     o  Unit characteristics;

     o  Waste characteristics;

     o  Pollutant migration pathways;

                               1-5

-------
     o  Evidence of release;  and

     o  Exposure potential.
                            s
Exhibit 1-1 provides a matrix of  these  categories  and  the  specific
factors that investigators need  to consider  in  each  category.
The investigator will  need to apply his/her  best  professional
judgment in examining  these  factors, how they  interact,  and  their
effects on the likelihood of  a release  and  its  significance.

     Exhibit 1-2 outlines the types of  information  in  each  cate-
gory that investigators are  likely to obtain during  each  of  the
three steps in the RFA.  In  general, during  the  PR,  the  investi-
gator will examine documents  and  other  written  materials  to
obtain information on  the facility's location,  potential  environ-
mental receptors, characteristics of the waste  handled at  the
facility as a whole and managed  in SWMUs, the  design  and  operating
features of the SWMUs  themselves, and evidence  of  past releases.
This information will  assist  the  investigator  in  determining
which media and migration pathways are  of concern  and  why.   The
investigator will supplement  this information  with  additional
evidence gathered during the  VSI  and samples taken  during  the  SV.

     Specific factors  in each category  that  must  be  considered
will vary- depending on which  medium is  of concern.   For  example,
land-based units are more likely  to have ground-water  releases
than aboveground units; surface  impoundments are  more  likely  to
have air releases than landfills.  Certain  wastes  tend to  vola-  •
tilize and cause air releases, while other  wastes  are  soluble  in
water and tend to migrate via surface or ground  water.  A  facil-
ity's location will determine which media are  of  concern.   Surface
water releases should  not be  a concern  for  facilities  that  are
not located near surface water.   Types  of evidence  and potential
receptors will also vary by  media.

     Each of the media-specific  chapters describes  the factors  in
each of the five categories  that  investigators  should  examine  for
the media of concern.   Each  chapter is  organized  to  follow  the
three steps of the RFA and is designed  to assist  the  investigator
in  identifying releases for  each  of the media  of  concern.

     The RFA is completed when the investigator has  sufficient
information to make a  determination regarding  releases or likely
releases at the facility and  the  need for further investigations.
Sometimes it.will be possible to  make this  determination after
completing the first two steps (the PR  and  VSI),  and  a SV  will
not be necessary.   In  other  cases, even upon -.ompletion  of  the
SV, the investigator may need to  perform additional  follow-up
inspections or collect further sampling or  other  information  from
the owner/operator before making  this determination.

      In general, when  the RFA is  completed,  the investigator
will have:
                               1-6

-------
                                                                I'.U.
                                             95ft3.QQ-5
><

UJ
    C_3
    a;
    UJ
o
o
    c/i
    as
    o

    o
    
UJ







c
o
• ^»
4->

VI
«3
3












4-J
•^
C
rs


"



ID

4_1
C
O)
4->
o
Q.









0)
00
,
ID
3-

4->
(D
Q.





V)
0

4->
VI
•r-
C_
OJ
4_)
O
re
(_
*
J=
o

V)
o
^
4->
V)

(_
Ol
4->
O
ID
t_
to
s:
o
0
4->

>,
4->

'e
•i—
X
o
t_
Q.




•
0
a;
c.
01
C
.^

<-
O
•r"
I_
^


1
C
o;
Ol

VI
v
5",
4->
•^
^_
•r—
O
ID
"-




O)
4->
VI
ID
3

tt-
c

Ol
a.
>,
4->




4->

C
3

It-
o

a>
a.
>,
4->
1
a.
c
CL

•c
O! C
4-> O
O •!-
Ol 4->
it- 03
It- t—
rC 3





V)
4->
S_
C
Q.
Ol
£_

c
o

4->

—~—


Ol
c

J_>
4->
01 •
V)

o
•^
Ol
o
'





Ol
JZ
4->

c


Ol
U 4->
ID •!-
i— C
a. 3

VI
Ol
c_
3
4_>
re
O)
l«-

c
Ol
•r—
I/)
ai
•a






















c
O!
M
,^m
4->
*^-
O



1
>!
J=

VI
•
>1
4->
•r-
f—v
•p»
o
re
it-

































O
4->

>>
4->
•^
E
•r-
X
o
c_
CL







VI
4->
C

T3
^^
Q.
E
O
0






u
*^-
01
0

'c
Ol
01
o
£_
•c




•c
c
ro

C
O
•r"
4->
ro
C_
Ol
•r—
E

(
o
V
C-
a.

Ol
c
•*—
4->
ro
{_
O)
a.
o



Ol
>
•«••
4->
•^"
VI
c
Ol
I/I



























Ol
c
•f—
4J
4->
o>
VI


1
(_
fO
JZ
O

pHB
ID
in
{_
O)
CL
VI

•5

•c
c
fO

4->
VI
(D
CL


V)
Oi
U
f—
4->
VI
4->
C
O!
E
C
o
t-

c
OJ


ID
4->
ID
•c

Ol
c
•r"
L.
C
4-)
*^
C
c
E




















<4-
o

I/I
u
•^
4->
VI

u
O)
4_>
o
ra








*—*.
4J
C
O)
VI
Ol
t_
CL
<4-
o

•c
o
c
JZ
-r-
^«
Ol
^
•f—
""


o>
o
c
O)
•c
•t—
>
O!

^mm
ID
3
VI
•r-
>






U
•r- VI
(_ C
o> o
JZ -r-
CL 4->
V) -f—
O "C
E =
5 0
ID O








Ol
4_>
v>
•D


Ol
JC
4->







<4-
O

•c
o
•r-
(_
Ol
a.
o
4->

c
o
•f—
4->
ro
C
0
•f*
E

•c
Ol

o

"c
(J
V)

•c

*.
•
Ol
•
Ol





















f"~
«3
o
•r1-
Ol
o

"o
o
•f—
X
o
4->







c
o

4->
 4->
C Q.
0) 0)
4-> O
O 0)
a. t-

t.
o .
• i— • VI
Ol «- ro Ol v> ro
Ol O! O • O! 4->
ID 4-> •<- 0) • C "> ,
CL-C ro vi vi i — ^C
O) O) 3 >i •!— !—
O' t- -C OJ — -r- «"
 c a* • 0.0-^ c
i— U >t- C JiC «- -i- 1
•OiD'4- UO) Olt/l i—
i— o <*- c oi"OJr^^«- CL
•!- Ul C. C J=-r-Vlt-C E
O-1-33 4->>-i-O"C ID
V1-CVI«- OOIH-3O VI

I
V)
u
•p—
4J
O V»
•f -f—
JC 4-
CL 
c. u
Ol ID
0 «-
a. ID
0 JC
4-> U


VI V?
O 0

4J "C 4->
V> C VI
•t— ID •»—
C- (-
a> >— •— ai
4_) ro (D 4->
o o o u
ID -i- •!- re '
«- V) E <- !
ID >, Ol re
j= S j= JT
U CL U o

i
ID
0 O 40
•r- 4-> •—
VI C
4J <»- >> "C 3
•f- O JZ I/I Ol
C CL C i/l Ol
3 C O 3 -C
C r— ••- 4->
l«- -r- ID 4-1 T;
c 4J «- -f- o a>
. ID 4-> O) T3 JZ VI
Ol U -i- C C= 4J O
Ol O C Ol O Ol ' —
ra i— 3 Ol u E O
                           1-7

-------
CM
 I






















^£
I l_
zz
LU

I —

[i
c

0-
UJ
h~
LU
.1
-V
— -
p

LlJ

PI

z
»— i
ai
3
_
'
c •
£
St
_j

•^
LU

z
o
>—
1—

z:

u.
z
»—*
u_
o

00
LU
O-
>•
I—























_J
LU <£

3 £
00 Z
O LU
Q. t—
X C
LU Q.








U.
C
UJ
LU 00
Z LU
LU —1
C LU
— ' O£
^^ ^^
LU






2T
0 co

£ «:
- t- 4-> 
J* •> 3 C 1C 4'
C 00 00 41 H-
tfmm p—v ^J t n
«- i— >, 0 3 C
•C 4! .C O. 00 O
3 «- -C ••-
41 -
-J 5 0 2 <*- E
M A
4) to
r— 00 4J
1C 1C C
O 41 -i-
•i— * t— 1C
t- 1C 41 r—
C 4J t- Q.
4-> 1C E
to TT "4— C
•<- O U
J= 05
C oo C
3 -i- 4-> 41
01 r- t. N
•i- Q. O •— •
> e Q. « , -0 Q.-I- O O

^ 4_ -71 43 4'
41 3 <4— iC iC
4-3 tO O > O *
•i- C 41 O to
to • 3 <- i— S_
>, !_ C. 41
3 O> • >
4) O t- * 00 i-
•r- r— 4) 00 13 t_
> C 4J >, C

ct cn 2 5 2 O


"ic
o • to
•i— C 1/1 (J
t. C 41 —
0 E -u
4J C 3 00
CO o i— -f
•r- -^- O t- 00
_f~ 4-J > 4) 4) •
1C 4-J 4_) "C
3 S « O to 4)

•r- O 41 «- 5 ^C
> <4— Q. 1C C
4) C >, JC <«-  U O J=
1 1

41 O 41 •
4-1 C • -i- E 41
(C O oo 4-> C_
3 t_ 0 •• 3
r- C 41 3 C 00
« O C «- O C
> .^. .,- 4J .^ ,—
LU 4-> r— OO 4-1 U
>.
^
z
3T 3
i— LU

LU r>
rv LU
Q- a;
i •
C 00
41 <4- 1 C
4_> O ^ iC
f^ O '^~ E
1C Q. 4) > 3
3 t_ C j=
00 C 3 4)
•r- O OO t-
> O 41 O
41 Q. >
4J U X •«— tO
O C 4) 4-> 4->
41 4) T- C
i— ^C >— l/> 41
•— -i- H3 C E
O > •»- 4) C
O 41 4-» OO O
1 •
•p- OO ^ T3
> 41 
fO i— •« 1—4)
3 4) oo »-t-
00 U Q. C O •
•f- 4) O oo oo
> <*- 4) ••- 4J
c to 4-> T: c
C iC 41 41
•r- 41 « 4J I- S
iC O • 41 O -i—
4-> C O) CTr— "C
j2 41 • 4) O 41
C T3 4> > 0 oo
A
14-
<*— E
C C oo O
O C >, «-
•r- 3 1C O <*-
to t_ 2 4-)
o j= e «
«_ O) 4-> 4> 3 U
41 C 1C 00 -1- 4->
•i- Q. 1C TJ 4)
41 4-> 41 41
> 1C >,,— E «
I- U r— 41 00
41-1- 41 «- JT 4J
00 T3 .* O -i-
^2 C sr- "4- 
4^
OO 4-> •
 O 41
00 C 41 41 00 ^v. 00
r— C4)t-CL4)T3O
iCC-C3O(JC«—
t- T- •»- f— ••- IT3 O
4) 4J > •»- O 4->
C -r- 41  •!- O O "I- -C C •!-
4) CO'*-«-4J 3CC
0£3_JOCL(COOQ.3
LU
— O
oo «
^—

<£ LU
3 Q-
oo oo
•—• z
> —
1
, 10" <4- 00
t_ 4J CO



A
00
^^
1C 1
J i
4-> «- 0 •
(CO 00
Q.I4- O 4->
•i- C
4) 00 <4_ 4)
.— 4J •*• 3
Q.4J 0 4-1
E oo 4) .1-
IC 1C CL4J
oo 3c oo oo


00
<^*1 ^^
(C 1C
3 C
J= 0 >4-
4J — 0
1C 4->
O..f 4) •
-C 0 4)
4) "C C 00
i— (C 4) 1C
CL "C 4)
E t- — f- •
1C O > 41
00 **- 41 t-



i

J=
4) O>TT
N 3 C
•r- O iC
C- C-
41 J» Ol OO
4J 4-> C -i-
O -i- 00
1C 41 r— >,
U 4J Cur-
iC oo S iC
gr 1C 1C C
<_5 3 oo 
41 41
to
.e •—
O iC
c
>> c
(C •!-
s: 4J


z
^_
—i t—
0- —
S oo

                                1-8

-------
                                                                I Vt t\\J.
                                                 ^502.00-5
     o   Identified all potential releases of concern;

     o   Identified all SWMUs;

     o   Determined which areas need further investigation and
         and collected sufficient information to focus these
         investigations;

     o   Determined which areas require interim measures;

     o   Screened out  releases that do not require any further
         investigation; and

     o   Referred permitted  releases to other authorities,
         as appropriate.

     Upon completion  of the RFA, the investigator prepares a
 report  summarizing his/her  findings.  The report should integrate
 the  findings from all three steps in the RFA and include a de-
 scription of the facility and its waste management practices,
 release  information  for all SWMUs or groups of SWMUs and other
 areas of concern, sampling  plan and results, and final  release
 determinations and recommendations.  This report should clearly
 indicate those areas  of the facility that require further inves-
 tigation in a 3FI and should contain information to focus these
 investigations.  A sample outline of an RFA report is presented
.in Appendix A .

     Conducting an RFA can  present an opportunity to gather
 information on a facility which may be useful  for purposes other
 than making RFA determinations.  Regions or States may  choose,
 for  example, to collect certain data on facility characteristics
 and  other site-specific environmental data as a means of estab-
 lishing  programmatic  priorities for corrective action.  Appendix
 F provides a listing  of some example data elements which could be
 used for such purposes.


 V.   ORGANIZATION OF  THIS DOCUMENT

     This document contains nine chapters.  The second  chapter
 describes the PR process, the third chapter describes the VSI,
 and  the  fourth chapter explains the SV.  In addition, there are
 five technical chapters that apply the technical approach out-
 lined in chapters two, three and four to the various media of
 concern: ground water, surface water, air, subsurface gas and
 soil.
                                1-9

-------

-------
                                                   05WER POLICY DIRECTIVE NO,

                           CHAPTER  TWO           9502- OQ- 5   ~*

                 CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY REVIEW
I.    INTRODUCTION

A.    Purpose

     This chapter describes how to conduct a preliminary review
(PR), the first step in the RCRA Facility Assessment (RFA)  pro-
cess for identifying releases  or potential releases  at  RCRA
facilities under the RCRA corrective action requirements.   The
DR  serves two primary purposes:

     (1)  To gather and evaluate existing information on facili-
          ties in order to identify and characterize potential
          releases; and

     (2)  To focus the activities to be conducted in the second
          and third steps of the RFA,  the visual  site inspection
          (V SI ) and the sampling visit (SV).

3.    Scooe
     During the PR--,  EPA personnel  will  evaluate existing docu-
ments and speak with relevant individuals (e.g., RCRA inspectors,
Stater and Federal  permitting staff, etc.) in order to identify
areas at a facility  which may be releasing hazardous wastes o'r
hazardous constituents  posing a potential threat to human health
and the environment.  The PR will  consider information on the
entire facility, and will not be limited to collecting and eval-
uating information covering the RCRA-regulated areas at the
facility.  In particular, the investigator will identify and
gather information on SWMUs and other areas where wastes have
been managed at the  facility.

     While the scope of the PR will focus on identifying and
evaluating releases  resulting from waste management activities,
the investigator should consider documents he/she finds which
provide information  on  releases at the  facility which may be
beyond the scope of  the RCRA corrective action authorities.
These could include  releases subject to investigation andremedi-
ation under CERCLA or TSCA authorities.

     The scdpe of  the PR includes  investigating release potential
to all environmental media at the  facility (with the exception
of ground-water releases from regulated units):

     o  Ground water;
     o  Surface water;
     o  Air;
     »  i i i i j
     o  Soils; and
     o  Subsurfac-e (gas)

-------
     At complex facilities with many SWMUs, it may be more
practical to evaluate groups of similarly located or designed
SWMUs rather than characterizing each unit separately.  Addi-
tionally, investigators should not focus solely on releases
from SWMUs, but should examine the full  facility for evidence
of spills and/or other releases resulting from waste management
activities which may not fit the definition of a SWMU release
(see definition of a SWMU on page 1-4).

     This chapter describes how to conduct a PR at RCRA facili-
ties by:

     (1)  Collecting PR information;

     (2)  Evaluating PR information; and

     (3)  Completi ng the PR.

C.   Product

     At the end of the PR, the investigator will summarize the
findings of the PR.  He/she should document the information
sources evaluated, describe the potential releases of concern
identified at the facility (especially all SWMUs), and make
recommendations that will focus subsequent activities in the
VSI and th-e SV.  The results of the PR will serve as the founda-
tion of the RFA report, which will be revised at the end of the
VSI and finalized following the SV.  A samp.le putllne^for an RFA..
report  is 'included as Appendix A.


II.  GATHERING PR INFORMATION

     The first step in the PR involves collecting information on
a  facility that will provide evidence of its potential for release
The success of the PR will depend to a great extent on the inves-
tigator's ability to collect relevant information.  A PR may pro-
vide misleading results when significant sources of information
are not considered (e.g., enforcement documents describing known
releases, relevant sampling or monitoring data-,- etc .)•  EPA
should  plan each PR to ensure that all relevant sources of infor-
mation  pertaining to a facility are examined.   Gathering data in
the PR  will usually involve:

     (1)  Collecting documents and other written reports;

     (2)  Meeting with relevant individuals; and

     (3)  Collecting additional information from the
          owner/ope rator.

     The PR focuses on evaluating information in the  five basic
categories presented in the RFA information matrix (Exhibit 1-1).
                               2-2

-------
                                                 9 5 0 2 . 0 0 - £
The matrix illustrates the types of information in each category
(unit characteristics, waste characteristics, pollutant migra-
tion pathways, evidence of release, and exposure potential)  which
should be evaluated during the PR,   It should be noted, however,
that it is difficult to obtain complete data for any of the  five
categories during the PR, and that  the VSI and SV will provide
additional opportunities to collect information during the  RFA.

A.   Written Information and Documents

     This section briefly summarizes those data sources which
have been found to be most useful  in conducting PRs  to date.   A
detailed discussion of all potentially relevant data sources  is
included as Appendix B to this document.

     Four basic RCRA file sources  and several additional  RCRA
documents typically contain the most useful  information during
the PR:

     (1)  RCRA permit applications;

     '2)  Facility SWMU response (RSI #3);

     ' 3 )  RCRA inspection reports;

     (4)  RCRA exposure information reports; and

     (5).  Additional RCRA sources.

Brief discussions on each of these  sources follow.

1 •   Permit Applications

     Part A and 8 permit applications or  closure plans are  avail-
able for all  facilities in the permit pipeline and addressed
under the corrective action program.^/ Although owner/operators
develop these applications to support permitting or  closure  of
regulated units,  they will usually  contain information on  other
areas of the facility relevant to  the RFA.

     Part A permit applications provide information  on the  wastes
being treated, stored, and/or disposed in the regulated units at
a facility.  These forms can be useful in identifying the  wastes
of concern at the facility, although it should be noted that  the
wastes  disposed in old SWMUs may have different characteristics
than those currently disposed in regulated units, due to  changes
in facility production processes or changes  of ownership.   The
Part A will often provide a scale  drawing showing the location of
all  past treatment, storage, and disposal areas (§270.13(h ) ) ,
which can be useful in identifying  SWMUs  and other areas  of
concern.
         The proposed Codification  Rule of March  28,  1986 incorpor-
ates RSI  43 information (described  above)  into permit  application
requirements.   ';

                               2-3

-------
     A land disposal  Part  B permit application  provides  extensive
hydrogeologic information  related to the surficial  aquifer at  a
facility,  including a description of the facility's ground-water
monitoring system.   This information is useful  for  identifying
ground-water  pollutant migration  pathways  and  prior releases  from
SWMUs at land disposal facilities.  However,  this information  is
not likely to be available for storage and treatment  facilities.

2.   SWMU  Response  (RSI #3 Submission)

     The Reauthorization Statutory Interpretation (RSI  #3) issued
by EPA Headquarters required the  EPA Regional  Offices  to request
owner/operators of  RCRA facilities to submit  data on  each  SWMU at
their facilities.   The data owner/operators submitted  in response
to this request is  usually helpful for identifying  SWMUs at  a
facility.   However, many submissions have  been  found  deficient,
and RCRA investigators should not assume that  these submissions
accurately identify all of a facility's SWMUs.   Other  sources,
such as compliance  inspection reports and  the  VSI should be  used
to verify  and augment the  information contained in  the  SWMU
response.

3 .   Compliance Inspection Reports/Information
     from  Enforcment  Orders

     RCRA  inspection  reports will often provide extensive  infor-
mation on  facility  waste generation and handling practices,  old
and new waste management units, and prior  releases  at  the  facility
They may-also describe migration  pathways  and  exposure  points.

4.  . Exposure Information  Report

     Only  facilities  seeking permits for landfills  and  surface
impoundments  are required  to submit exposure  information.   These
submissions provide information on all five categories  in  the  RFA
information matrix  (Exhibit 1-1).  These reports can  be  useful in
identifying pollutant migration pathways from  the facility to
potential  exposure  points, and may also discuss the likelihood of
human exposure to hazardous constituents.

5.   Additional RCRA  Sources

     o  Biennial Report (§265.75) -- The biennial report,  prepared
        by the owner/operator and submitted to the  Regional
        Administrator, provides a description  and the quantities
        of each hazardous  waste received during the previous year,
        and'the method of treatment, storage,  or disposal  for
        each waste.

     o  Operating Log  (§265.73) -- The facility operating log
        provides•* map displaying the location and  quantities  of
        wastes disposed throughout the facility.  It  also provides
        reports of all incidents that required implementation  of
        the Facility Contingency Plan.
                               2-4

-------
                                                9502*00-5  s
     o  RCRA Waste  Manifest  (§265.71)  --  The  manifest  will  provide
        details  on  all  wastes  received  at  the facility after
        November 18,  1980.   Facilities  are  only  required  however,
        to retain manifest  for three years.

     o  Notice  to Local  Authority  (§265,14)  -- The  owner/operator,
        within  90 days  after closure of a  disposal  unit,  must
        submit  to the local  land  authority  and the  Region  records
        of the  locations and quantities of  wastes within  a  closed
        unit.  The  owner/operator  must  also  provide  descriptions
        of the  types, locations,  and quantities  of  wastes  in
        units closed  before  promulgation  of  the  Part 265  regula-
        t i ons .

6 .    Other Sources

     Many other  sources  can  provide useful  information for  evalu-
ating the likelihood  of  releases  at a  facility.  After the  RCRA
sources  outlined above,  these  are  likely  to  contain  the most
valuable information:

     o  NPDES and CAA permits  and  permit  applications;
     o  CERCLA  PA/SI  Reports;
     o  Installation  Restoration  Program  (IRP) Reports;
     o  HRS Documentation;
     o  CERCLA  RI/FS  Studies;
     o.  CERCLA  103(c.) Notifications;
     o  Aerial  Photographs';    •'  .
     o  Other Federal/.State  Agencies;  and
     o  TSCA/OSHA/NPDES  Inspections.

A nunber of other sources nay  also provide  some  useful  informa-
tion, although  they will be  needed less often:

     o  GEMS (Graphical  Exposure  Modeling  System);
     o  State/Local  Well Permit Offices;
     o  Municipal/County/City  Public Health  Agencies;
     o  Local Well  Drillers;
     o  State/County  Road Commissions;
     o  Utilities;
     o  Local Airports/Weather Bureaus;
     o  Naturalists/Environmental  Organizations;
     o  Facility Employees;
     o  Colleges/Universities; and
     o  Interviews  with  Local  Residents.

It  will  not be  necessary to  look  at each  of  these sources  in  all
situations, but  they  can be  examined as appropriate  to help  fill
information gaps.  All  the  data sources listed above are  described
more fully in Appendix  B.

8.    Meeting with Relevant  Individuals

     It  will be  useful  to meet with personnel  from  State  agencies
and other EPA program offices,(e.g., NPDES  permitting  program)  in


                               2-5

-------
the Initial  stages of the PR.   Other EPA permitting programs may
have considerable historical  knowledge of a facility, including
information  on SWMU releases,  instances of non-compliance,  facility
waste generation practices,  and inspection reports.  Early  contact
with these groups can help ensure that all relevant information
is considered during the PR.

C.   Collecting Additional Information

     In situations where the  investigator does not find sufficient
information  concerning the location or characteristics of a
facility's SWMUs to complete  a PR, it may be necessary to request
additional information from  the owner/operator.  Such requests
should be in the form of a letter in which EPA requests additional
information  from the facility  in order to comply with the HSWA
corrective action requirements.  Where necessary, EPA should cite
its §3007 information gathering authority to obtain this infor-
nation.  These letters should  be as specific as possible to ensure
that the requested information is submitted in a timely manner.
A sample letter is included  as Appendix C.


III. EVALUATING PR INFORMATION

     The PR  focuses on evaluating the information gathered  during
its initial  stages.  This section presents a framework for  eval-
uating PR information in order to gajn an understand!ng,of  the
facility's re!-ease potential..  This will involve three basic
steps :.

     (1)  Investigating the  facility's waste generation processes;

     (2)  Identifying SWMUs  and other potential releases of
         concern ; and

     (3)  Evaluating the facility's release potential.

A.   Investigating Facility  Waste Generation Processes

     It will be  important to understand the facility's overall
waste generation and management activities, both past and present,
when evaluating  how SWMUs and other areas of the facility have
been used to handle wastes and how they relate to the facility's
overall waste management system.  Whenever possible, the investi-
gator should determine what  types of waste have been managed at
the facility- since it began  operation in  order to identify  poten-
tial constituents of concern.

     As discussed in Section II of this chapter, RCRA compliance
inspection reports may provide a  useful source of information on
manufacturing processes, as  will  some NPOES permit applications.
In  some cases,  inspection reports may also discuss where wastes
from previous manufacturing processes have been disposed at a
facility  or  may  i.nelude  information on past releases.
                               2-6

-------
                                                  y 5 0 2  . 0 0 -
     The following example illustrates the benefits of  investiga-
ting a facility's waste generation processes.   A secondary lead
smelting facility closed  several  surface impoundments that were
orginally part of an NPOES wastewater treatment process.   The
impoundments were clean closed by excavating to a depth  determined
by the concentration of lead in the soil.   The facility  stated
that lead was the only constituent of concern  in these  units.
During the PR, EPA investigated the facility's production
processes and found that  several  other metals  such as cadmium,
nickel, antimony, and barium might be mixed with the lead
wastes.  Based on this information, EPA took soil samples  for
each of these other constituents  of concern.

B.   Identifying SWMUs and Other  Potential Releases of  Concern

     Once the investigator has gained an understanding  of  the
facility's overall waste  generation and management activities,
he/she should locate all  areas with potential  releases  of  concern
on a map of the facility.   The map should  include all SWMUs iden-
tified in the RSI #3 SWMU  response, SWMUs  described in  other
document?, and other potential releases of concern, e.g.,  spills
of Hazardous waste or constituents from waste  management  activi-
ties.   In addition, the investigator should locate on the  facility
iap other potential releases of concern which  may be beyond the
scope  of the RCRA authorities.

     The facility map will be an  extremely useful document
throughout the R FA, .especially., when conducting the VSI  and the
SV.  In addition to" locating SWMUs, it will often" be possible
to identify relevant migration pathways and potential exposure
points (e.g., rivers and  nearby housing) on this map.  Additional-
releases of concern can be added  to the map when identified at
later  stages in the RFA,  particularly the  VSI.

     As discussed in the  Introduction, the definition of  a SWMU
includes recycling units,  wastewater treatment units (such as
those  regulated under NPOES), and other units  which EPA  has
generally exempted from RCRA permitting standards.  Each  of
these  units identified at  a facility should be located  on  the
facility map as a SWMU.  Regulated land disposal units  are also
treated as SWMUs, since they will be investigated for releases
to media other than ground water  in the RFA.

     Several information  sources  will be especially useful when
identifying SWMUs and other releases of concern in addition to
the RSI #3 submission.  Historical aerial  photographs,  such as
those  available from EMSL  or EPIC, may reveal  the presence of
past waste management areas which have become  overgrown  or
otherwise hidden.  In some cases, closed landfills and  surface
impoundments cannot be distinguished from  ordinary open  fields
and historical aerial photographs can help identify these  units.
Appendix 8 provides a more detailed discussion on obtaining and
evaluating aerial photographs.
                               2-7

-------
C.   E v a 1u a t i n g the Facility's Release Potential

     Once  the  Investigator has identified  potential  releases  of
concern at the facility,  he/she should determine  the likelihood
of release at  each location by evaluating  information gathered
in the initial steps of the PR.  It will  seldom be possible  to
determine  from one document that a SWMU has  released hazardous
wastes or  constituents.  In most cases, the  investigator will
have to deduce the likelihood that a release of concern  has
occurred by evaluating information from numerous  sources covering
the five categories of information presented in Exhibit  1-1:  unit
characteristics, waste characteristics, pollutant migration  path-
ways, evidence of release, and exposure potential.

     The evaluation requires the investigator to  seek evidence
that a unit has released  or is likely to  have released.   The
investigator should make  deductions based  on various amounts  of
information on the wastes contained within a unit, the design/
operating  characteristics of the unit, and the presence  of con-
taminants  in any of the pollutant migration  pathways associated
with the unit.

     In some cases, the investigator may  have actual evidence
that a unit released to a particular medium.  In  other situations,
it ^ay be  necessary to draw connections between a constituent
identified in  a unit, the likelihood that  this constituent could
have been  released from the unit, and sampling data showing  the
presence of the constituent in a migration pathway.  While this
deduction  may  not prov.e unequivocally that the constituent identi-
fied" in the environment originated in-the  suspected unit, such
deductions' will usually be sufficient to  identify a release  of
concern intheRFA.

     The investigator's ability to make deductions on the likeli-
hood of release will depend on the extent  of information he/she
collects pertaining to the first four items  in the RFA informa-
tion matrix: unit characteristics, waste  characteristics, pollu-
tant migration pathways,  and evidence of  release.  Information  on
exposure potential is not needed to determine the likelihood  of
release, but is important in determining  the need for interim
corrective measures due to immediate exposure risks.  The kinds
of information to be considered in each of these five categories
are described  below.

1.   Unit Characteristics

     The design and operating  characteristics of a SWMU will
determine to  a  great extent  its potential  f.or release.  Many
treatment, storage, and disposal units are designed to prevent
releases to the environment.   The  investigator should evaluate
the physical  characteristics of each  SWMU or group of SWMUs to
determine how they  affect the  potential for  releases.

     The media-specific chapters  in this•guidance provide detailed
discussions of  how  the design  and  operating  characteristics of


                                2-8

-------
                                               950 2.00-5  ~
various types  of SWMUs  affect  their  potential  for  releasing  to
each medium.   For example,  surface  impoundments  with  well-designed,
intact berms  for controlling overtopping  do  not  exhibit  a  high
potential  for  surface water releases.   EPA  assumes,  however,  that
unlined surface impoundments have a  high  potential  for  releasing
constituents  to ground  water.   Surface impoundments  which  contain
volatile organic compounds  also exhibit a high potential  for  air
releases.   The investigator should  examine  the characteristics  of
each SWMU  based upon  the discussions  presented in  Chapters  Five
through Nine  in order to consider the  likelihood  of  release  to
each of the environmental  media:   ground  water,  surface  water,
air, soils, and subsurface  (gas).  Investigators  will  often  find
situations where unit design characteristics  suggest  that  a  SWMU
poses little  or no threat  to the  environment  from  releases  (e.g.,
intact above-ground storage tanks).

2 .    Haste Characteristics

     In evaluating a  SWMU's release  potential, the  investigator
should identify the wastes  originally  or  currently  contained  in
the unit in order to  link  constituents observed  in  the  environ-
ment with  those present in  the contaminant  source.   The  investi-
gator can  usually deduce that  a release has  occurred  when  he/she
jatermines that a SWMU  contained  a  constituent that  has  been
observed in a  pollutant migration pathway associated  with  that
unit.

     The information  gathered  while  investigating  the  waste
generation processes  at a  facility  will- provide  the'basis  for
t'his part  of  the PR.   In many  cases,  a facility  will  indicate how
it  managed many of its  waste streams,  e.g.,  off-site  shipment,
disposal in a  specific  surface impoundment,  or storage  in  a  waste
pile.  When a  particular waste stream  can be  traced  to  a  particular
unit, the  investigator  can  generally  assume  all  of  the  constituents
present in that waste stream are  also  present  in  the  unit.

     The information  gathered  on  facility waste  generation
processes  may  often be  useful  in  identifying  constituents  other
than listed constituents of concern  to RCRA.   For  example,  rapidly
decomposable  refuse may produce methane when  placed  in  landfills
under certain  conditions.

     The investigator should identify  all of  the  hazardous  con-
stituents  which may be  present in each SWMU  or other  areas  of
concern.  Some constituents will  have  a greater  potential  for
release from  one kind of SWMU  than  another.   For  example,  the air
chapter discusses the likelihood  that  volatile organic  constituents
will be released from wastewater  treatment  units.   The  media-
specific chapters discuss  the  ways  in  which  constituent  properties
can affect the likelihood  of releases  to  various  media.

3.    Pol 1utant Migration Pathway

     The investigator should evaluate  existing information  con-
cerning the likely pollutant migration pathways  associated  with


                               2-9

-------
each SWMU or release of concern.   In  cases  involving environmental
data, the investigator will  have  to demonstrate  that it  is  reason-
able to deduce that a constituent observed  in  the  environnent
originated at a specific SWMU or  location,  based upon knowledge
of the pollutant migration pathway.

     While some pollutant  migration pathways  are largely  facility-
wide (e.g., ground water), the investigator should evaluate  the
importance of all  pollutant  migration pathways (i.e., ground
water, surface water, air, soils, and subsurface gas) that  could
be associated with each SWMU and  then evaluate information  on
their characteristics.  SWMUs which contain the  same wastes  and
are adjacent to each other may be grouped  together during the  RFA.
It will often be possible  to eliminate certain pathways  from con-
sideration for various SWMUs at this  point  in  the  PR.

     Different types of SWMUs will  exhibit  different potentials
for releasing constituents to specific migration pathways.   The
investigator should determine which SWMUs  are  likely to  impact
which pollutant migration  pathways  at the  facility,  and  gather
specific information that  will aid  in determining  the charac-
teristics of thesa pathways.  This  part of  the analysis  also
pro/ides a critical role in  identifying potential  exposure  points
along various migration pathways, which is  important in  evaluating
exposure potential for interim measures at  the facility.

     The media-specific chapters  provide information to  aid  the
investigator in evaluating the physical characteristics  of  each
migration pathway of interest.. The investigator should  consider:

     o.  Potential  routes of  pollutant transport;

     o  Physical factors within the pathway that could affect
        the migration of constituents (e.g.,  organic content of
        soil for releases  to soil and ground  water,  or prevailing
        wind patterns for  air releases); and

     o  Other factors which  could affect the  fate  of constituents
        present in a migration pathway.

4«   Evidence of Release

     The investigator should examine available sources of informa-
tion to identify any evidence that  constituents  have been released
at a facility.  The investigator may have  access to direct  and
indirect evidence of release, both  of which may  help in  making
determinations of release  at a facility.

     Direct evidence of release  includes official  reports of
prior  release incidents (which may  be found in RCRA enforcement
or permtttfn-g documents, other Federal, State, or local  government
documents, facility records, RSI  #3 responses, etc.), visual
evidence clearly  showing a  release incident,  or sampling data
that clearly identifies a releasing SWMU (e.g.,  surface  water
samples for a specific constituent  in a clear run-off pathway).


                               2-10

-------
                                                 OSVJEK ruuv,i uin—— ---•


                                               950 2.00-5
Indirect evidence of release includes  sampling data taken  along
relevant migration pathways  which,  when  linked together with waste
composition data, can support  a  deduction  concerning the
likelihood of release from a specific  unit at  the facility.

     The VSI, which is  described in Chapter Three,  is  generally
an excellent source of  both  direct  and indirect evidence  on
releases.  Stained soils  in  a  well-defined drainage pathway  below
a unit can provide direct evidence  of  release; stressed vegeta-
tion may provide indirect evidence  of  release.

     The media-specific chapters describe  the  types of  evidence
that are important for  releases  to  each  of the environmental
media.  For example, visual  sightings  of seepage  along  a  stream
bank provide evidence of  both  a  ground-water release and  a sur-
face water release.  The  investigator  should refer  to  the  section
on evidence of release  in each of the  media-specific chapters.
In all cases, the investigator should  use  best professional  judg-
ment in assessing the strength of any  information source  in
providing evidence of release.

5.   Exoos'jre Potential
     The investigator should evaluate available information  on
the location,  number, and characteristics  of receptors  that  could
be affected by continuing releases  at the  facility.   These recep-
tors include human populations,  animal  populations  (particularly
any endangered or -protected  species')', and  sensitive  environments.
This information will be most useful  in helping the  investigator
determine the  need for interim corrective  measures  at the  facility
to alleviate especially high risks  of exposure.  The investigator
should refer to the RCRA §3008(h)  Corrective Action  Orders Interim
Measures Guidance for details on when and  how to implement interim
measu res .

     The media-specific chapters provide information on  what
receptors are  likely to be affected by  releases to  each  of the
medi a.
IV.  COMPLETING THE PRELIMINARY  REVIEW

     The investigator's ability  to determine that  a  release  may
pose a threat to human health or the environment  will  increase
with the quantity and quality of information gathered  in  the
RFA.  By the end of the PR, the  investigator will  usually have
identified many of the potential releases  of concern  at  the
facility, and will have made a preliminary evaluation  concerning
the likelihood that a release of concern has occurred  at  each
SWMU, group of SWMUs, or other potential areas  of  concern.

     The next phase of the RFA,  the VSI, provides  additional
evidence to help the investigator determine which  units  or
areas of concern.require:  additional  investigation in  a  sampling
visit, interim measures, further investigation  in  an  RFI, or no
                               2-11

-------
further action.  The investigator will  usually consider the
following factors before proceeding with the VSI:   1)  identi-
fying significant data gaps, 2)  focusing the next  two  steps  of
the RFA, and 3) beginning the RFA report.

A.   Identifying Significant Data Gaps

     Depending upon the quality  of information gathered during
the PR, the investigator may have a strong idea concerning  the
-likelihood of releases from SWMUs or other areas of concern
identified in the PR.  In many cases,  however, the investigator
will be missing important information  on a potential  release or
unit of concern (e.g., information on  the  wastes handled
within the unit).

     In such cases, it may be necessary to make a  formal request
for additional information from  the owner/operator.  As stated
earlier, investigators may need  to cite the RCRA §3007 informa-
tion authority when making this  request.  The letter should  be
extremely specific in order to ensure  that the owner/operator
clearly understands what information has been requested (see
Append! < C ) .

3.   Focusing the Visual Site Inspection and Sampling  Visit

     One of the primary purposes of the PR is to provide the
investigator with an understanding of  the  waste management
activities at the f aci 1 i ty, 'enabl i ng him/her to focus  subs-equent.
observations in the VSI and the  SV to  the  greatest extent
possible.  Because all facilities will  undergo a PR and a VSI,
emphasis will be placed on the quality  of  the information
gathered in these two stages.  If the  conclusions  drawn from a
PR and VSI are not based upon sufficient information,  it is
likely that owner/operators or the public  will challenge permit
conditions or enforcement orders developed to compel  further
actions at the facility.

     The investigator should evaluate  the  information  gathered in
the PR on each SWMU or potential release of concern, and deter-
mine whether: 1) it is likely that the  unit has released, 2) it
is unlikely that the unit has released, 3) there is insuffi-
cient evidence at this stage to  assess  the likelihood  of release,
or 4) a release could threaten human health or the environment.
The VSI will provide more useful information if the investigator
conducts it with these preliminary determinations  in mind.
While it is.too early to draw conclusions  at the end of the PR,
-t will often be possible to screen out units from further  con-
sideration at the end of the VSI.  During  the PR,  the  investigator
may identify units that are not  likely to have releases of  concern
These units should be  inspected  carefully in the VSI before deter-
mining that they need no further investigation or action.

     The investigator can also make preliminary recommendations
concerning the need for collecting additional sampling data in
an  SV.   It will often  be possible to identify units or  locations
where  sampling data can help in making determinations of release.

                               2-12

-------
                                               950 2 . 00-5   -
Recommendations  on sampling locations  made in  the PR  should be
checked for appropriateness during the VSI.   In general,  the VSI
and SV should provide the additional  information needed  to  fill
data gaps identified during the PR.

C.   Documenting the Preliminary Review

     The investigator should document  the  findings of  the PR by
beginning the RFA report, which will  summarize the complete RFA
process.  The investigator will incorporate  the results  of  each
step of the RFA  into this report,  resulting  in a complete docu-
ment providing recommendations  concerning:  1)  the need  for  an  RFI
-" "u- facility, 2)  the need for interim measures at  the  facility,
      the need for no further action  at the  unit/facility at
at the
or 3
this t i me.
     At the end  of the PR,  the  report  should  document  information
sources, identify SVIM'Js and other  areas  of  potential  release  on  a
facility map,  and contain  preliminary  evaluations  of  the  likelihood
of release at  each locations.   This  information  will  be  used
throughout both  the VSI and the SV.

     1  sample  outline  of an RFA report is  included as  Appendix  A.
                               2-13

-------

-------
                                                950 2 . 00-5
                         CHAPTER  THREE

              CONDUCTING A VISUAL SITE  INSPECTION
I.    INTRODUCTION

A.    Purpose

     The visual  site inspection  (VSI)  is  the  second  step  of  the
three-step RFA process for identifying releases  at  RCRA  facilities
in  the corrective action program.   The VSI  will  focus  on  identify-
ing SWMUs and collecting visual  evidence  of release  at facilities
to  assist EPA in recommending further  steps in  the  corrective
action process.   The major purposes of the  VSI  include:

     (1)  Visually inspecting the  entire  facility  for  evidence
          that releases of hazardous  wastes or  constituents  have
          occurred and identifying additional  areas  of concern;

     (2)  Ensuring that all  SWMUs  and  areas of  concern have  been
          identified;

     (3)  Filling data gaps  identified in the  PR;  and

     (4)  Focusing recommendations concerning  the  need for  a
          sampling visit, interim  measures, an  RFI,  or no further
          actionatafacility.

     By the end  of the VSI,  the  investigator  will  be able to
determine at which locations it  will  be necessary  to collect
additional environmental samples in a  sampling  visit (SV).   In
some cases, it will  be possible  to screen a unit from  further
investigation or to  recommend further  investigation  in an RFI
without conducting additional sampling, thus  completing  the  RFA.

B.    Scope

     The VSI will include the entire  RCRA facility  and can  extend
beyond the property  boundary in  certain cases.   The  VSI  should
focus on inspecting  the discernible SWMUs at  the facility.   How-
ever, the investigator may inspect areas  outside the facility
boundary to determine  if a release has migrated  offsite.   The  VSI
will generally be limited to collecting visual  evidence  of  poten-
tial releases (i.e., photographic  documentation),  although  it  may
be  appropriate in some cases to  conduct air monitoring for  safety
pu rposes i n the  VSI .

C.    Product

    -Visual evidence gath-er-ed during  the  VSI  will  support the
initial information  gathered during the PR  on  the  likelihood of
release at specific  locations in the  facility.   This information
should be evaluated  along with the original information  collected

-------
during the PR and integrated  into  the draft  RFA  report.   Initial
determinations on the likelihood  of release  at  the facility
should be revised accordingly.   Typical  VSIs will  result  in
substantial  documentation  of  facility characteristics,  which
should be integrated  into  the RFA  report.


II.  PLANNING THE VISUAL  SITE INSPECTION

     The VSI  is a relatively  simple procedure and  should  not
require a great deal  of time  to plan and execute.   In  general,  the
site inspection activities  can  be  completed  in  one day,  although
there may be  some extremely large  facilities which will  require
more ti me.

     The PR  provides  most  of  the  information needed  to  prepare
for conducting the VSI.  During the PR,  the  investigator  will
identify potential areas  of release on a facility  map,  and  make
preliminary  evaluations of  the  likelihood  of release at  each  loca-
tion.  The investigator should  rely upon this map  when  conducting
the VSI, documenting  any  unusual  observations on  the map  and  in a
1 o g b o o k .
     The VSI  will  usually be the investigator's  first  visit  to
the facility  during the corrective action process.   Therefore,
the investigator should develop a site safety plan  prior to
conducting the VSI which outlines the need for personal  safety
devi ces. ( e..g. , respirators, protective clothing,  etc.)  while
conducting the field activities.  The exact content of  each
safety plan will vary by site, depending on the  complexity  of the
site  and on the investigator's planned activities.   EPA personnel
should participate in an Agency-sponsored safety  course prior to
conducting a  VSI.   Safety preparation is discussed  further  in
Chapter Four  (see  "Preparing for the Sampling Visit")  and Appen-
dix E .

     The VSI  will  probably be the owner/operator's  first experience
with  the new  RCRA  corrective action program as well.   The investi-
gator should  contact the owner/operator to schedule a  date  for
the VSI.  At  this  time, he/she should also request  a  meeting with
representatives from the facility prior to conducting  the field
activities.  This  meeting will provide the investigator with an
opportunity to explain the various steps of the  corrective  action
process to the owner/operator, and to answer any  of the owner/
operator's questions about the RFA or the corrective  action
program.  During this meeting, the investigator  should  discuss
with  the owner/operator the proposed safety plan  and  incorporate
his/her recommendations in the safety plan prior  to conducting
the VSI .


III.  CONDUCTING FIELD ACTIVITIES DURING THE VSI

     Once the investigator has made the arrangements  for conductin
the VSI and has completed the PR, he/she should  conduct the  field


                              3-2

-------
                                                  OSWER POLICY DIRECTIVE NO.

                                                9502   oo->
activities.  The owner/operator will  usually accompany the inves-
tigator around the facility.

     During the VSI, the investigator should:

     o  make visual  observations of SWMUs and  other areas of
        concern at the facility;

     o  identify on  a facility map all  areas of concern;

     o  document all observations in  a  field logbook;

     o  take photographs of all SWMUs,  potential releases, and
        other locations of interest;  and

     o  monitor for  vapor emissions where appropriate  to protect
        the investigator's safety.

     One of the primary purposes of the RFA will be to allow the
investigator to identify potential releases of concern not identi-
* i e d during the PR.   The VSI also provides the investigator with
an  opportunity to inspect the entire  facility  for potential
"aliases of concern  and to gain insight into facility  management
practices.

     The investigator will focus in the VSI on identifying and
characterizing SWMUs, as defined in the Introduction.   The §3004(u)
corrective action permitting authority  requires that corrective
action be addressed  at all SWMUs.  In some, cases, however, he/she
will identify spills or other releases  from waste management
activities which may require corrective action.  These should
also be inspected fully in the VSI.

     Finally, there  may be situations where releases of  concern
from manufacturing processes or product storage areas  may be
observed during the  VSI.  The investigator should document and
photograph the presence of these releases.  It may be  necessary
in  some cases to use CERCLA or TSCA investigative or enforcement
authorities to address these releases.

     Field activities should be photographed carefuly  to document
all visual observations.  This will be  especially important at
facilities where the VSI represents the last step in the RFA.
For additional discussion of photographic documentation  proce-
dures, refer to Chapter 4, Section III.C.

     The investigator should obtain information on each  poten-
tial release based upon the five categories of information shown
in  the RFA Information Matrix (Exhibit  1-1): unit characteristics,
waste characteristics, pollutant migration pathways, evidence  of
relea-se* and exposure- p.otential.  The fallowing sections briefly
describe some of the types of information that may be  found in
eachofthesecategories.
                              3-3

-------
A.    Obtaining Visual  Evidence of Unit  Characteristics

     The VSI can provide useful  information  on  unit  character-
istics at RCRA facilities.   Observations  concerning  the  integrity,
location, and design of a unit can provide  a great  deal  of  infor-
mation on the likelihood that  it has  released.   For  example,
above-ground tanks can be inspected for the  integrity  of seams  and
for the presence of adequate secondary  containment.   The investi-
gator may be able to screen from further  investigation  an  above-
ground tank where these factors, in conjunction  with  the other  four
categories, appear to be adequate to  determine  that  no  release  of
hazardous wastes or constituents has  occurred or is  occurring.

     Surface impoundments should be inspected for the  adequacy  of
berms, overtopping controls, and devices  for the control  of vola-
tile emissions.   Landfills  should be  inspected  for  the  presence
of  runoff controls, erosion around the  unit, and the  potential
for particulate  releases posing concern.   In general,  it will  not
be  possible to visually assess these  units  for  ground-water releases
during the VSI.   However, the  investigator  should note  any  signif-
icant visible deterioration of containment  liners.

1 .    Obtaining Visual  Evidence of Waste Characteristics

     In general, it will not be possible  to  obtain  a  great  deal
of  information during the VSI  on waste  characteristics.   In cases
where the types  of waste handled in a unit  are  not  known,  it  will
seldom be possible-to determine their characteristics  through '
visual observation.  These  will  be determined primarily  during
the sampling visit (SV).  There wijl  be some unusual  cases,
however, where the investigator may find  tanks  or drums  with
labels indicating that they contain hazardous wastes  or  consti-
tuents.  These locations should be documented carefully  during
the VSI .

C.    Obtaining Visual Evidence of Pollutant  Migration  Pathways

     The VSI will provide useful information on  potential
pollutant migration pathways at the facility.  Facility  charac-
teristics that can facilitate  the movement  of releases  from the
immediate area around a unit but have not been  identified  pre-
viously on the facility map will often  be apparent during  the
VSI.  For example, erosion  gullies at the base  of landfills or
surface i mpoundments~"wi 11 provide direct pathways for surface
water and soil releases from these units.  These pathways  will  be
especially visible after a  recent precipitation  event;  whenever
possible, VSIs should be conducted soon after such events  to  help
identify these runoff pathways.
                               3-4

-------
                                               9502.00-5   -*

     The investigator should locate all  potential  migration path-
ways of concern on the facility map.   These will  be important
areas for sampling should it be necessary to conduct  a SV at
these units.   In addition, the investigator should correlate
photographs of these pathways and their  documentation on the map
whenever possible.

D.    Obtaining Visual Evidence of Release

     The investigator should inspect  the entire facility for
visual  evidence of release.  While it will  not  always be possible
to  determine  conclusively that a release has occurred based on
visual  evidence, such evidence can provide  a strong indication
that one has  occurred.  Visual evidence  of  release, coupled with
information indicating that a unit contained hazardous consti-
tuents, will  often be sufficient to compel  further investigation
in  an RF I .

     The investigator should look for obvious signs of release,
such as: discolored soils, dead vegetation  or animals, etc.  The
media-specific chapters describe in detail  the  types  of visual
2 / i d e n c e that may be apparent at various types  of  waste management
in i t 3 .

- •    Obtaining Visual Evidence of Exposure  Potential

     The VSI  will provide only limited information on exposure
potential  -at  the facility.  The. VSI should  include an investiga-
tion of the area "around 'the fa.ci 1 i ty  to  determine  if  there are
potential  off-site releases and documenting evidence  of such-
releases.   In most cases, the PR will have  identified whether
there are nearby residences, streams, and lakes.   At  a minimum,
the  VSI should note any locations not identified  in the PR where
the  public  could be exposed to releases.


IV.   DETERMINING THE NEED FOR FURTHER ACTION DURING THE RFA

     The results of the VSI should be incorporated into the draft
RFA  report  begun upon completing the  PR.  The results of the PR
and  the VSI together will provide sufficient evidence for each
potential  release of concern to determine either:  1)  the need for
a sampling  visit (SV) in the RFA, 2)  the need for  interim measures,
3)  the  need for further investigation in an RFI,  or 4) the need
for  no  further action.  It is crucial that  the  investigator document
the  results' of the VSI in a concise and  thorough  manner in the
RFA  report.  These data, together with information obtained during
the  PR, must  be sufficient to support decisions regarding the
necessity of  additional action at the facility, and are like'y
to  b.e closely scrutinized or possibly challenged.   As stated
previously, the R'FA report will be the primary  legal  document
supporting  the Agency's initial corrective  action  activities at
the  facility.  Incomplete, contradictory, or obscure  information
in  the  RFA  report may jeopardize the  Agency's position.
                               3-5

-------
     The following sections discuss each of the possible recommen-
dations that can be made after completing the PR and. the VSI.

A.   Determining the Need for a Sampling Visit

     By the end of the VSI, the investigator will  have collected
information on each potential release of concern and will  have
made a preliminary evaluation concerning the likelihood of release
at each location.  He/she will also have identified important
data gaps that interfer with the ability to make an enforceable
determination of release potential.  In many cases, the investi-
gator will  recommend the collection of new environmental samples
from the facility during the RFA to support his/her recommenda-
tions for further action during the RCRA corrective action process

     The need for sampling at specific units will  depend upon
several important factors, including: the complexity of the unit
and environmental setting, the quantity and quality of information
gathered during the PR and VSI, the preliminary recommendations
for further action at the facility, and the cooperativeness of
the owner/operator.  The investigator must consider these  factors
and r-ely upon his/her professional  judgment in determining when
and where it will be useful to collect samples in  the  SV.

     The preliminary recommendations for further action at a
facility can play an important role in determining the need for
and extent  of sampling in the SV.  If the investigator believes
that a SWMU may have a release he/she may want to  collect  samples
in" the. SV, to support the decision to. require further i nvest i-gat i-on
Sampl-ing conducted during a SV can  be an important supplement  to
information gathered during the PR  and VSI, and provide the docu-
mentation necessary for developing  enforceable permit  conditions.

     On the other hand, if the investigator believes it is unlikely
that a SWMU has released or that other areas actually  present
problems, he/she may make a preliminary recommendation that the
unit will not need investigation in an RFI.  It will often be
useful to support this recommendation with appropriate environ-
mental samples at the unit which will demonstrate  that there is no
evidence that a release of concern  is present.  This will  provide
valuable evidence to support the investigator's recommendation
should it be contested in a public  hearing.  It is likely  to be
just as important to sample at units which will not require an
RFI as at those where one will be required.

     There will be situations where the investigator makes a pre-
liminary recommendation that a unit should be investigated in  an
RFI without actual sampling data demonstrating a release.   In  some
cases, it may be possible to make this recommendation  without
taking additional samples in a SV.   More typically, however, the
i nve-sti gator wtl 1 take samples at these units in order to  demon-
strate that a release has occurred.  More enforceable permit
conditions or enforcement orders can be developed  when supported
by  sampling evidence.
                               3-6

-------
                                               950 2 . 00-5   -*
     Taking environmental  samples  will  be especially important
when the investigator believes the owner/operator will  be  unlikely
to cooperate in conducting an RFI  at the facility.   When  the
owner/operator's cooperativeness is questionable, the investigator
should usually take samples to support  recommendations  for further
steps in the corrective action process, in case these recommenda-
tions are contested in an  administrative hearing.  Even the most
cooperative owner/operator, however, can challenge  permit  condi-
tions which are not supported by strong evidence.

8.   Determining the Need  for Interim Measures

     The investigator can  recommend implementation  of interim
measures at any time during the RFA, although  he/she may  not
have sufficient information prior  to the VSI  to make this  recom-
mendation.  Interim measures should be  conducted  at the facility
whenever there nay be a significant risk of immediate exposure
resulting from releases at the facility.  Interim measures typically
include such actions as repacking  damaged drums,  requiring safety
precautions for workers at the facility, or fencing off areas of
concern near the facility.

     0 e *: 3ils on planning and implementing interim measures can  be
" o u n d in the RCRA §30Q8(h) Corrective Action  Orders Interim*Meas-
j r e s Guidance  (Draft)"The investigator should consult this
document when  determining  the need for  such immediate actions at
a facility.  Interim measures are  applicable  to a facility whether
it i s-cooduc-ti ng corrective action under §3008(h),  §3004(u),  or
§3004(v).              -  -          _            .         ••.•".

C.   Determining the Need  for a Remedial Investigation

     Releases  and likely releases  that  are identified during  the
RFA as requiring further investigation  will be  fully character-
ized during the remedial  investigation  phase  of the RCRA  correc-
tive action process.  The  RFI will be conducted by  the  owner/
operator and may be an extremely resource intensive activity.
For this reason, it will  be necessary to ensure that recommenda-
tions for RFIs at facilities are supported by  sufficient  evidence
collected during the PR, the VSI,  and the SV.   In most  situations,
the investigator will choose to collect samples at  questionable
units in order to support  recommendations at  the  end of the RFA.

     There will be cases,  however, where the  investigator  will
recommend an RFI for particular units without  collecting  additional
samples in an  SV.  This will usually take place at  facilities
where it rf a s possible to evaluate  a large amount  of high  quality
evidence of release during the PR  and VSI.  In  these cases, the
existing evidence of release must  be sufficient to  stand  alone,
without supplemental sampling, in  justifying  an RFI.  EPA  should
collect add-ttronal sampling data whenever necessary, to develop
strong enforceable permit  conditions.
                               3-7

-------

-------
                                                 950 2.00^5

                           CHAPTER FOUR

                  CONDUCTING THE SAMPLING VISIT
 I.    INTRODUCTION

 A.    Purpose

      The  sampling visit  (SV) is the third step of the three-step
 RFA  process designed to  identify releases at RCRA facilities.
 The  SV  focuses on collecting additional sampling information to
 fill  data  gaps that remain upon completion of the PR and VSI to
 enable  the  investigator  to make release determinations^ in the RFA

      8y the end of the SV, the investigator will have completed
 the  first  phase of the RCRA corrective action process, and should
 have  identified all releases or potential releases requiring
 further investigation at a facility.

 8.    Scope

      Tie  scope of the SV is limited.   It is EPA's objective to
 focus the  collection and analysis of new sampling data in making
 preliminary release determinations, and rely upon existing infor-
 mation  sources identified in the PR and technical judgments as
 much  as possible.  By identifying specific areas where new infor-
 mation.--is  needed during  the PR and VSI, -it'should be possible to
 conduct focused, limited SVs'tKat will enable the' investigator
'to  identify releases.  EPA will defer  major new data gathering
 •efforts to  the RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) phase of the con
 rective action process.
      As discussed previously, the RFA should examine each SWMU or
 group  of  SWMUs at a facility.  It will seldom be necessary to
 investigate each SWMU in a SV, as the PR and VSI will often pro-
 vide  sufficient  information to make release determinations.

      The  extent  of the SV at a facility will vary on a case-by-
 case  basis, and  will depend upon the amount and quality of infor-
 mation gathered  in the PR and VSI.  The investigator's professional
 judgment  regarding the amount of information necessary to make an
 initial release  determination will influence the extent of the
 SV.   These determinations should consider a number of factors
 including the degree of owner/operator cooperation and the
 regulatory action planned for requiring further action.  While
 investigators are encouraged to minimize the amount of sampling
 conducted during the SV, certain situations may require extensive
 sampling.

-------
     As discussed in Chapter One,  Regions  may rely under special
circumstances upon facility owner/operators  to develop a sampling
plan and to conduct sampling and analysis  activities during the
SV.  In these cases, the Regions should review and approve the
owner/operator activities to ensure the quality of the new data.
This chapter describes these oversight responsibilities.

     This chapter provides guidance to the investigator on the
following aspects of an SV:

     (1)  Developing a sampling plan;

     (2)  Preparing for the sampling visit;

     (3)  Conducting the sampling  visit;  and

     (4)  Making final RFA recommendations for further action.

C.    Prod'uct

     The results of the SV should  be incorporated into the draft
RFA report begun after the PR and  VSI  activities.  Because the
objectives of the SV are to fill data  gaps identified previously
and to assist the investigator in  making  final recommendations at
the facility, it should be a straightforward  matter to integrate
the SV findings into the RFA report.


II.  DEVELOPING A SAMPLING PLAN'        •                '

     One of the major purposes of  the  PR  and  VSI  is to make a-
preliminary assessment of the need for further investigation at
locations of concern throughout the facility  and  to focus the SV.
This section describes the major factors  in  developing a sampling
plan:

     (1) How to determine the need for collecting sampling
         information during-an SV; and

     (2) How to develop a sampling plan for  thre facility where
         appropri ate.

A.    Determining the Need for Sampling at  Facilities

     The need for additional sampling  of  potential releases of
concern wilt vary on a case-by-case basis, and the investigator
should rely upon best professional judgment  in determining when
it will be appropriate.  The investigator  may choose to sample in
these situations:

     o  to collect additional information  to suppport a determina
        tion that a unit or facility does  not need an RFI;
                               4-2

-------
     o  to collect additional  information when the investigator
        is unsure whether a release has occurred;  and

     o  to collect additional  information to confirm a  determina-
        tion of release and to compel  an owner/operator to begin
        an RFI (or some other  further  action).

     In some cases, the information gathered in the PR  and VSI
may provide sufficient evidence to indicate the need for an RFI at
a facility, or conversely, that no further action  is necessary  at
a facility.  For example, if previous  ground-water monitoring
results clearly indicate that  an old,  closed landfill has  released
hazardous constituents to a surficial  aquifer, the investigator
will have sufficient evidence  to compel  the owner/operator to
conduct an RFI at the unit, and it will  not be necessary to conduct
additional sampling.  Facility records reviewed during  the PR may
indicate that an old, closed surface impoundment never  contained
hazardous constituents, and ground-water monitoring data indicate
that the SWMU has not released.  In this case, also, it would not
he necessary to take samples to support a determination that no
farther action is necessary at this time.

     In nany cases, the '^formation gathered in the PR  and VSI
iv il1 not be sufficient to enable the investigator  to determine
conclusively that a SWMU has or has not released.   For  example, a
facility may have clean closed a surface impoundment several
years ago that once contained  sludges  analyzed to  be marginally
E? toxic for ,a heavy' metal.  It may not be clear whether or not
the impoundment released" constituents  to the' ground water  "in the
past, or whether any contaminated soil remains which could leach
contaminants to the ground water.  It  may be necessary  to  sample
the soils around the closed unit or to sample the  ground water
(from existing wells) downgradient from the unit in order  to
i denti fy a release .

     Sampling may also be necessary at SWMUs where records do not
indicate what wastes were disposed in  them.  Old landfills and
surface impoundments without information on prior  wastes may
require sampling; however, due to the  danger involved when coring
or drilling into old waste, this is best left for  an RFI.

     In cases such as the previous one, the investigator may
determine, based upon best professional  judgment,  that  a release
is likely to have occurred at  a unit.   At facilities with  coopera-
tive owner/operators, it may be possible to move directly  to an
RFI without•col 1ecting new sampling information, even though the
evidence does not conclusively indicate that a release  has oc-
curred.  However, at some facilities,  it may be necessary  to
conduct sampling in the SV in  order to confirm or  deny  the pres-
ence of a. release before moving further in the corrective  action
process. ••'•'••••••
                               4-3

-------
B.    Developing a Sampling Plan

     The sampling plan will  be the primary document  directing the
collection of additional  information in the SV.   When the inves-
tigator determines that sampling is necessary at a facility,  it
will  be important to clearly specify the data that are required
and the reasons for obtaining it.  Investigators should remain
focused on the objectives of collecting additional information at
each  unit, because the choice and extent of sampling locations,
methods, and parameters will be critical to their ability to  make
meaningful release determinations.

     The sampling plan should be developed to collect evidence
the investigator needs to make a release determination at a SWMU,
group of SWMUs, or other  locations of concern.   This may involve
collecting direct evidence (e.g., air samples from above or
around a surface impoundment) or indirect evidence (e,g, ground-
water sampling at a well  downgradient from the  SWMU) of a release.
In  most cases, the investigator will  collect samples from the
waste source and/or from  an  environmental medium, and based upon
knowledge of the pollutant migration pathway, deduce the likelihood
Via'  the constituent originated in the SWMU.
     ~ h 3 sanpling plan may be developed by EPA, a contractor, the
o^ner/ operator, or a combination of these, depending upon the
situation.  In all cases, EPA should review and approve the
                                                           es.
                                                           mpor-
                                                           s
.intended objectives.  Due to the cost and time involved in an SV,
it may be necessary to revise sampling plans several times through
an iterative process before finally beginning work.
situation.  In all  cases, EPA should review and approve the
sampling plan carefully before initiating sampling activiti
Even
-------
                                                  9502. 00- 5

Because of the time and personnel  required to conduct sampling,
the information collected should be as concise and focused--as
possible.

     The extent of sampling required in the SV will  vary on a
case-by-case basis, and will  depend upon the investigator's best
professional judgment concerning the need for new information.
Several factors will  play a role in determining the  extent of
sampling at the facility:

     o  The extent of information  gathered during the PR and VSI;

     o  The cooperativeness of the owner/operator; and

     o  The complexity of the unit and the potential  environmental
        media of concern.

     The following guideline  should be followed when  determining
how much sampling is  required:  The stronger the case that needs
to be made to compel  an owner/operator to conduct an  RFI, or to
convince the public that a SWMU does not pose a threat,  the more
information that should be collected in the SV.

     In general, the  investigator  should seek evidence that a
constituent identified in a SWMU.-has migrated to one  of  the
environmental  media.   In such cases, one positive sample confirm-
ing the presence-of. the constituent of concern in a  well-defined
migration pathway may be sufficient to compel the owner/operator
to conduct an RFI.  However,  it may be necessary to  take samples
at several different  points around a unit to ensure  that all of
the potential  migration pathways have been sampled.

     Detailed information on  pollutant migration pathways in each
of the environmental  media is presented in Chapters  Five through
Nine.  The investigator should identify the potential migration
pathways of concern for each  SWMU  during the PR and  VSI.  The
location and number of samples necessary to identify  a release
will  vary by unit type and by the  migration pathway  being inves-
tigated.  For example, one groundwater monitoring well may be
insufficient to identify a release from a closed landfill due  to
the complexities of the ground-water pathway.  However,  it may
only  be necessary to  take one hNU  reading from above  or  around
a wastewater treatment unit in order to identify an  air  release
Each  of the media-specific chapters contains specific details
determining.the extent and location of sampling.
on
     When the investigator has reason to believe that an owner/
operator is likely to contest EPA's determination that a SWMU
should be investigated in an RFI, the investigator should be sure
to.gather suf f i ci eat- s.ajnpli ng information to support his/her
judgment on the  likelihood of release.   Should it be necessary to
compel the owner/operator to conduct an RFI through an enforcement
order and administrative hearing, the outcome will depend greatly
on the quality and conclusiveness of the data.  Similarly the
                               4-5

-------
Agency will  require  strong data when defending its actions  in a
public hearing.

2.   Choosing  Sampling Methods and Parameters

     The  investigator should choose appropriate  sampling methods
and  parameters during the SV in order to obtain  meaningful  sam-
pling  results.  The  sampling plan should specify what methods and
parameters will be used at each sampling location at the facility.
It should  also specify the number of samples to  be taken at each
sampling  point (sampling SOPs and QA/QC guidelines are discussed
later  in  this  chapter).  The media-specific chapters describe
many of the  sampling methods which will be most  valuable during
the  SV and the criteria for choosing them.

     In general,  it  will be possible to choose sampling techniques
and  parameters which provide information on the  unit ranging from
general indications  of a release to precise, quantitative evidence
of a release.  In  some cases, it may be appropriate to take
screening  level measurements (e.g., a VOC measurement with  an hNU
photoionizer), while in other cases it may be necessary to  sample
for  specific organic or inorganic compounds.  As stated previously,
sanpling  for specific compounds will generally provide the  most
jsefjl results during the SV.  This will aid in  developing  a
>nore defensible Remedial Investigation Plan.
                        • "•

     Sampling  for  indicator parameters such as total organic
.halogens  (TOX'), conduct i yi'ty, or pH may be useful when the   -    •  .
investigator has  little or no idea what wastes may have been
released  to  a  medium.  However, these parameters can give only
limited information  and will not provide sufficient evidence of
release in most cases.  Whenever possible, it will be advantageous
to identify  the constituents of concern at each  SMWU and sample
for  those  specific parameters.

     The  investigator should choose those sampling methods  that
will provide the  most usable results.  In some cases, there may
only be one  method appropriate for sampling a specific medium
(e.g., the presence  of methane is normally monitored with a
combustible  gas meter).  However, there will be  cases where
several methods may  provide evidence of release.

     For  example,  when investigating ground-water releases  from
old  landfills  where  existing monitoring wells are present,  the
investigator should  sample the ground water in order to identify
releases.  However,  existing monitoring wells may not always be
located sufficiently close to SWMUs to provide meaningful data  on
releases.  In  these  cases, it may be necessary to take a number
of soil samples around the unit and/or in the unsaturated zone
beneath the  landfill in  order to identify evidence of releases.
ATternatively, there rrray be tnstances where electromagnetic
conductivity  (EM)  testing or soil gas testing will provide  useful
screening level information on prior releases at such units.
Finally,  there ma.y be unusual si tuat i ons 'where the investigator
                                4-6

-------
                                                  03,,£!< PQUUT UIKtUIVt NU.


will  need to drill  new ground-water monitoring wi?l^r fri •oi'dM r" Oo  *"*
obtain information  on ground-water contamination.  The investigator
should be familiar  with each of the potentially appropriate
sampling techniques and choose the best ones for each situation.
The media-specific  chapters provide details on how to choose
appropriate sampling techniques.

3.    Format for Sampling Plan

     The sampling plan should be clear and understandable and
present logical actions for meeting the sampling objectives
at  each SWMU, group of SWMUs , or other locations of concern.  The
investigator should organize the sampling plan to identify the
actions to be taken at the facility.   Depending upon the facility
characteristics, it may be appropriate to organize it by location
or  by sampling technique.  For example, there could be sections
for each SWMU that  describe all of the sampling activities asso-
ciated with it; alternatively, there  would be a section on soil
sampling that identifies all of the locations and methodologies
for sampling the soil  throughout the  facility.

     Th.3 sampling plan should include information on each of the
• D 11 o >/ i n g factors:

     o  Field operation

        The sampling plan should discuss the sequence for conducting
        the field activities.

     o  Sampling locations/rationale

        As precisely as possible,  the sampling plan should iden-
        tify the location of each  sample.  A site map should be
        prepared to guide the investigator to the appropriate
        locations.   Specific sampling methods, the number of
        samples, the parameters being sampled, and a description
        of the objectives for each sampling activity should be
        included in the sampling plan.

     o  Analytical  requirements

        The sampling plan should discuss the technique and level
        of detection that will be  used to analyze each sample.

     o  Sample handling

        Sample preservation and other handling practices should
        be descri bed.
                               4-7

-------
     0   Quality  assurance/quality  control

        The  plan  should  identify the  number  and  type  of  quality
        assurance samples,  specifically  the  number  of blanks,
        duplicates,  or  spikes  that  will  be taken.   The specific
        QA/QC guidelines  to  be  followed  in this  program  are  to
        be  stipulated  by  each  Region.

     o   Equipment decontamination

        The  sampling plan should identify the  reagents and  any
        special  procedures  associated  with equipment  decontamina-
        tion.

     o   Chain of  custody

        All  samples  collected  (including blanks  and  spikes)  must
        be  maintained  under  chain-of-custody  procedures.   Chain-
        of-custody minimizes  the potential for damaging  or  losing
        samples  before  they  are  analyzed.  Chain-of-custody  tracks
        the  possession  of a  sample  from  the  time of  collection,
        through  all  transfers  of custody, to  when  it  is  received
        in  the laboratory,  where internal laboratory  chain-of-
        custody  procedures  take  over.   Investigators  should  gen-
        erally follow  regional  protocols for  chain-of-custody
        procedures.

4.   .Reviewing a  S.ampl i ng P 1 an

     Ttie investigator  should  review the  sampling 'plan carefully
to  ensure that it meets  EPA's  objectives at  each unit being
sampled.  The investigator  should  be  sure that appropriate  sampling
methods and  locations  are selected, and  that  the extent  of  sam-
pling is appropriate for  the  determinations  that are  made  at each
sampling location.  This  will  be especially  important when  the
owner/operator or an EPA  contractor develops  the sampling  plan;
however,, even when the  EPA  investigator  develops the  sampling
plan, it will be  useful  to  review  the  plan  in  order to ensure  its
completeness.

     The sampling plan  also describes  the  level  of effort  required
to  conduct  the proposed sampling  strategy.   This information
is  usually  presented in terms of  person/hours  for each  sampling
technique or SWMU investigated,  and may  also include  an  estimate
of  the  elapsed time and the total  costs.


III. PREPARING FOR THE. SAMPLING VISIT

     The investigator should plan  a number  of activities prior  to
initiating  the SV activities at a  site.   Once the sampling plan
has been completed, reviewed, and  finalized, the investigator can
make plans  to begin the on-site activities.   These plans will
i nclude :
                               4-8

-------
     (1)   Gaining  facility  access;                9502.00*5

     (2)   Handling community relations  (if  appropriate);

     (3)   Preparing a  safety plan;  and

     (4)   Specifying EPA oversight  of  owner/operator  sampling
          acti vi ti es .

A.   Gaining Facility  Access

     Prior to conducting the field  work,  the  investigator  should
contact the owner/operator  to schedule  a  time for  the  SV  team
to enter  the site  and  perform the  necessary field  activities.
Although  EPA staff may already be  coordinating  activities  for  the
RFA with  the owner/operator , the appropriate  regional  person
should contact  the owner/operator  to  verify dates  and  describe  the
nature of the field activities — sample  collection,  photographic
documentation,  facility inspection,  and/or  instrument  monitoring.

     If the owner/operater  is responsible for collecting  and
analyzing the samples, then the EPA  official  should  contact  the
owner/operator  to  schedule  a date  to  oversee  the  field activities.
T 'i e agency should  send the  sampling  plan  and  procedures  for
perforning the  sample  collection to  the owner/operator suffi-
ciently ahead of  time  for him to obtain the appropriate  support.
If EPA is collecting and analyzing  the  samples,  EPA  should offer
the owner/operator a split  of all  samples collected.   If  the
owner/operator  wishes  to have splits,.  EPA should  instruct  h'im  to
provide analytical sample bottles  for  the spl'its.

     After completing  these arrangements, EPA should  send  a
letter to the owner/operator confirming the dates  and  field
activities.  If access is denied,  Appendix  D  provides  guidance
on how to obtain  access to  a facility.

     In some cases it  may be necessary  to access  adjacent  or
nearby properties  in order  to conduct  a visual  inspection  or
collect samples.   EPA  should provide  verbal as  well  as written
notification of the dates and nature  of the work  to  owners of
these properties.

     Although the  RCRA investigator  is  authorized  to  inspect  a
facility  and collect samples and photographs, the  owner/operator
can require the investigator to conduct the inspection and sample
collection activities  to protect his  legitimate  rights.   The
admissibi1ity of  data  in court may  later  be challenged if  data
ara collected in  violation  of the  owner/operator's  constitu-
tional rights.   The owner/operator  can  observe  inspection  activi-
ties, unless he interferes  with the  safe, or  technically  sound,
conduct at the  sampling visit.

                               4-9

-------
     The owner/operator has  the right to request  confidential
treatment of Confidential  Business  Information  (C8I).   Ordinarily,
environmental  monitoring data are not confidential.   If data
deemed confidential  by the owner/operator are needed  to properly
evaluate the facility, then  the investigator should  include a
precise description  of the confidential  data in  the  field log
book.  The investigator should instruct  the owner/operator to
follow up with a letter identifying the  confidential  data and(
explaining the reason why  the data  are business  confidential.'
EPA regulations governing  treatment and  handling  of  confidential
data are delineated  in 40  CFR Part  2, Subpart B,  Sections 2.201
through 2.309.

B.    Community Relations

     If it is  necessary to conduct  field activities  in  or near
residential  or non-industrial business areas, then  the  agency
should contact the appropriate local  officials  ahead  of time.
It  is difficult to remain  unobtrusive while conducting  site
inspections, particularly  if field  workers are  wearing  protective
clothing.  Moreover,  the presence of  "official"  people  collecting
samples can  cause alarm.  In some cases, it will  be  difficult  to
prevent this but prior, well-handled  community  contact  can minimize
t ne alarm.

     The Office of Solid Waste is preparing guidance  on community
relations that will  be available later this year.  This document
will provide specific .guidance on when and how  to implement a
community rel-ations  program  at RCRA facilities.

C.    Preparing a Safety Plan'

     Agency  personnel should prepare  a safety plan  for  each sam-
pling visit  in accordance  with appropriate EPA  guidance.   The
safety plan  is usually prepared last  and is tailored  to the
specific SV  activities.  For some SVs, the safety plan  will be
very simple  and require few  protective measures.   Other,  more
problematic  sites, may require use  of higher levels  of  protection.
For example, if the  SV involves sampling lagoons, then  the safety
requirements will be more  involved  than  for one  involving simple
visual reconnaissance.  In developing the safety  plan,  the owner/
operator should be asked about potential hazards  in  advance of
field work,  and should consult the  Facility Contingency Plan.

     Appendix E contains Chapter 9  from EPA's Standard  Operating
Safety Guide.s, 1982   (SOSG) that explains how to  develop a proper
site safety  plan.  The SOSGs were prepared in accordance  with  EPA
and other Federal health and safety guidelines,  regulations and
orders.  This appendix discusses the steps involved  in  developing
a safety plan and elaborates on the contents of  each  section of
the plan.

     A brief outline of the   contents of the safety plan is provided
below.                    /
                               4-10

-------
                                                950 2.00-5
     o  Describe Known Hazards and  Risks
     o  List Key Personnel  and Alternates
     o  Identify Levels of  Protection  to  be Uorn
     o  Identify Work  Areas
     o  Identify Access Control  Procedures-
     o  Describe Decontamination Procedures
     o  Describe Site  Monitoring Program
     o  Identify Special  Training Required
     o  Describe Weather-Related Precautions

     EPA personnel  should participate  in  an Agency-sponsored
safety course before visiting a  site
0.
•S  _ - -. _ _   —  _._ .._._   ^ _.  _.___


EPA Oversight of Owner/Operator Sampling Activities
     The sampling visit plan  should  include  provisions  for  EPA
oversight when the owner/operator conducts  the  sampling  activities.
The level of EPA involvement  will  depend  upon  the  extent  of
sampling, the complexity of the  site,  and the  cooperativeness  of
the owner/operator.   In some  cases,  EPA may  believe  that  the
owner/operator can be  counted on  to  provide  reliable results.   In
such situations, EPA oversight of the  sampling  activities may  be
1 i TM t 9 d to presence  at  the  facility  during  one  day of the sampling
only.  In other cases,  it may be  necessary  to  provide EPA presence
at  the facility at all  times  during  the sampling  activities.   The
investigator should  take splits  of all  samples  collected  by  the
owner/operator.


IV.  CONDUCTING THE  SAMPLING  VISIT

     The investigator  may begin  the  site  activities  once  he/she
has completed all of the preliminary activities.   The sampling
visit involves gaining  access to  the site,  performing the sampling
activities,  taking photographs of all  activities,  keeping the  SV
portion of the logbook, preparing samples for  shipment  and  analysis
and, finally, decontamination/demobilization.

A .    P r e 1 i m i n a r y Site  Activities

     The investigator  should  meet with  the  owner/operator prior
to  entering  the facility to conduct  sampling.   The investigator
will already have conducted a VSI; therefore,  the  owner/operator
should have  some understanding of the  corrective  action  process
from the initial meeting with the investigator(s).  However,  the
investigator should  be  prepared  to answer questions  concerning
his/her plans for sampling.  In  cases  where  the  owner/operator
will conduct the sampling,  the investigator  can  make the  arrange-
ments to accompany him/her  at this time.   In  addition,  the  inves-
tigator should offer to provide  the  owner/operator with  duplicate
samp!es.
                               4-11

-------
8 •    Sampli ng Procedures

     The investigator should follow the sampling plan once he/she
has gained  access to the facility.   The sampling plan should
describe all  of the sampling locations, methods, and procedures
to  be followed.  If, for any reason, it is necessary to diverge
from the sampling plan,  changes  should  be  documented carefully.

     Regardless of who performs  the sample collection,  continuous
monitoring  for vapor emissions  is  needed to detect  air  releases
from sampling activities.   If the  owner/operator is  collecting
the samples,  EPA/State investigators should document precisely the
sequence of  sampling activities, the procedures  and  instruments
used, and describe the samples  (including  location,  depth,
appearance ,  etc . ) .

     The EPA  Regional  offices have  developed SOPs  for most SV
sampling tasks under the CERCLA  PA/SI  program.   In  addition,  EPA's
Office of Waste Programs Envorcement (OWPE) has  developed  the
RCRA Ground  Water Monitoring Technical  Enforcement  Guidance Docu-
m e r\t ( T E G D )  t~oprovide guidance  on  wel 1 install atTi on and samp! i ng
procedures;  EPA/SW-34S also provides sampling and  analysis proce-
du"es for media relevant to the  SV.  For the most  part, these
SOPs ara applicable to RCRA field  activities.  If  the SOPs are
not applicable or appropriate for  the  particular field  activity,
then a new  SOP should be developed.  Where modifications to
existing SOPs are made,  they should be  noted in  the  field  logbook.

C.    Photography

     Investigators should  use regular  35mm cameras  for  taking
photographs.   They should  not use  filters, as they  tend to dis-
color the picture and may  unfairly  bias the result  by making
leachate seeps or lagoons  look  different from real  life.  The
investigator  should identify and record in the  fieldbook the
exact type  of camera (including  i.d. number), film  (i.e.,  Fuji,
ASA 200), and the lens used.  Photographs  taken  with unusual
lenses (e.g., wide-angle)  are not  admissible in  court.

     Photographs  should  be taken to document the conditions of
the facility  and  procedures used in inspection  activities.
Particular  emphasis should be placed on matters  identified in
the work plan.  Types of pictures  that  should be taken  include:

     o  Representative overall  picture(s)  of facility;
     o  Posted signs identifying ownership of facility;
     o  Evidence  of releases--1eachate  seeps, pools, discolored
        water, ^r strained soils;
     o  Individual units--la goons ,  drums,  landfills, etc.;
     o  Visual evidence of poor facility maintenance;
     o  Adjacent  land use; and
     o  Area that unauthorized  persons  can easily access.
                               4-12

-------
                                                            uirvt^nvc n\j.


     ,   K  „                                     95°  2 • 00-5
0.   Logbook                                                   ^

     The logbook is perhaps the most important  document produced
during the SV.   It serves as a basis for integrating the SV
results into the RFA report, most importantly,  supporting the
work done and results obtained in any future legal  proceedings
under RCRA or CERCLA.

     A unique logbook should be developed for each  site and  each
visit to the site.  Logbooks should be bound and each page sequen-
tially numbered.  Entries into the logbook should be chronological
-- a time notation should introduce each entry.   The logbooks
should be maintained with indelible ink.

     The following types of entries should be made  in the logbook:

     o  All  personnel oh site during each phase  of  the  on site
        work ;

     o  All  instruments used during the field work  with unique
        identification numbers;

     :  Description of film used;

     o  Description of the weather and changes  in the weather;

     o  Material observations related to items  identified in the
        work plan;

     o  Results' of field measurements--distances, instrument
        readings,  well measurements, locations;

     o  Factual  descriptions of structures and  features--we!Is
        and  well construction, units, containment structures,
        buildings, roads, topographic and geomorphic features,
        locations;

     o  Signs of contamination--oily discharges, discolored  sur-
        faces,  dead or stressed vegetation;

     o  Sketches of facility layout, structured  features and
        points  of  contamination;

     o  Map  of  facility showing point and direction of  photo-
        graphs ;

     ,o  Location and time of each sample; and

     o  Any  other  relevant items.
                               4-13

-------
E.    Sample Shipment/Sample Analysis

     Upon completion of the onslte work  EPA or the  owner/operator
should deliver all  samples  to the laboratory for analysis.   SOPs
covering sample shipping are available in  each of the  regional
offices or in EPA safety training manuals.   The time involved  in
analyzing samples can vary  from 40 days  to  three to four months.

F.    Decontamination/Demobilization

     Decontamination of persons and equipment occurs not only  at
the completion of all field work but  each  time persons  exit  the
site, including rest breaks.

     In many cases, decontamination may  be  very simple,  e.g.,
removing disposable coveralls and washing  field boots.   Decon-
tamination after sampling activities  will  usually include decon-
tamination of field persons, and sampling  and field equipment.

     \]] clothing and support materials  that will not  be reused
should he containerized either for transport and eventual off-site
disposal or for on-site disposal.


V.    FINAL RFA RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FURTHER  ACTION

     The final task in the  RFA process is  to make recommendations
concerning the need for furth.er a.ctipns  at  the facility.  -These
recommendations include:  (1) taking'no  further action;  (2)  con-
ducting an RFI to identify  the rate and  extent of releases from
SVIMUs, groups of SWMUs, or  other releases  of concern;  (3) planning
and implementing interim measures at  the facility;  or  (4) referring
the further investigation and control  of permitted  SWMU  releases
or  other unusual releases to other environmental program offices.
The investigator will have  completed  the RFA only after  recommen-
dations have been made which cover all potential releases of
concern investigated in the RFA.

     In order to make these recommendations, the investigator
may make determinations concerning the likelihood of release
for some SWMUs after completing the PR and  VSI.  In other cases,
it  will not be possible to  make determinations until sampling
results from the SV have been evaluated.  We discuss below how to
make final release determinations at  the end of the RFA and  how
to  make recommendations for further action.

A.    Making RFA Release Determinations

1.    Evaluating Sampling Results from SV Activities

     The first step in making an RFA release determination will
require the investigator to use best  professional judgment in
evaluating the sampling results from the SV.  This evaluation
                               4-14

-------
                                               9502.00s5  ?

should be straightforward  as  long  as  the  sampling  plan  was  devel-
oped correctly,  e.g.,  sampling points were  selected  to  provide
enough additional  evidence to support this  determination.

     After the laboratory  completes  its  analysis,  the  investigator
can evaluate the validity  of  the analytical  results  from  the
sampling activities.   When EPA conducts  the  sampling,  preliminary
review of analytical  data  involves  ensuring  that  all  deliverables
required by the  CLP are included in  the  data package,  checking
that all forms are completed  within  the  requirements  of the
contract, and identifying  the key  quality assurance  items  in  the
data package.  The EPA Regional  Environmental  Services  Divisions
(ESDs) will perform a  qualitative  analysis  of  the  data  after  this
preliminary data review,  and  determine if the  data  results  are
valid.   When the  sampling is conducted  by  the owner/operator,
the investigator should rely  upon  best professional  judgment  in
evaluating the validity of the lab  results.

2.    Integrating Data  Collected  During the  PR, VSI,  and SV

     Once the investigator has evaluated  the validity  of  the
sanpling results,  he/she  should  incorporate  this  additional  data
with the information  collected previously on each  release  location.
3 y  this point in the  process, the  investigator should  have  all
additional  information that was  requested of the  owner/operator
to  facilitate determining  the likelihood  of  a  release.

3.    .Determining the  Likelihood  of  Release

     The investigator  should  rely  upon his/her best  professional
judgment at the  end of the RFA process to determine  the likeli-
hood of release  to all environmental  media  for all  SWMUs  and
other areas of concern.  The  VSI chapter  described  how  the  investi-
gator should make  initial  determinations  of  release  at  each SWMU,
group of SWMUs,  or other  potential  areas  of  concern.   The  inves-
tigator will use the  same  basic  judgment  at  the end  of  the  SV;
the primary difference will be that  there should  be  additional
information to support a  determination after conducting the SV.

     The investigator  should  determine the  likelihood  that  a  SWMU
has released by  evaluating evidence  collected  in  the  RFA.   In
some cases, the  investigator  will  have direct  evidence  of  a
release, which will provide the  strongest support  for  a determi-
nation.  In most cases, the investigator  will  be  required  to  make
deductions from  indirect  evidence  about  the  likelihood  of  release.
As  stated previously,  the  strength  of these  deductions  will
depend upon the  quality of the waste  information,  the  extent  to
which the pollutant migration pathways have  been  characterized,
and the quality  of the environmental  sampling  results  and  visual
observat ions.

     The level of  evidence needed  to  support a determination  will
vary on a case-by-case basis, depending  upon the  cooperativeness
of  the owner/operator, the EPA objectives- at the  facility,  and
the complexity of  the  facility.   In  general, it will  be sufficient


                               4-15

-------
to identify one constituent  that is  present  in  both  a SMWU and  in
the migration pathway to support a release determination.
The investigator does not need to demonstrate with statistical
confidence that the SWMU has released  during the RFA.

B.   Making Recommendations  for Each SWMU or Group of SWMUs

     The final  step in the RFA will  entail making recommendations
concerning the  need for further investigations  under the corrective
action authority, based upon the release determinations  described
above.  This section describes each  of the four possible recommen-
dations below:  no further investigation, investigate further in
an RFI, plan and implement interim corrective measures,  and refer
the control of  a permitted release to  another environmental
program office.

1.   No Further Investigation

     Investigators may conclude that a SWMU, a  grouping  of SWMUs,
3>~ an entire facility does not require further  investigation
based on the information available from the  PR  and a visual in-
spection.  In some cases it  will be  advisable to collect some
5 a "i p 1 i n g and analytical data to confirm that a  unit  or area has
not created a release that poses a threat to human health  and the
environment.  For many SWMUs, the determination that no  furth-er
investigation is necessary will be relatively simple and straight-
f o r w'a r d .

     Some units will have design and operating  characteristics
which will effectively prevent releases to the  environment.  For
example, a wastewater treatment unit may have a cover to prevent
the release of  VOCs to the air; such a unit  would not require
further investigation for air releases.

     SWMUs which never contained constituents of concern will
not require further investigation.

      It is also appropriate to eliminate certain units from
further study on the basis that they clearly have not released
hazardous wastes or constituents into the environment.  Examples
of such units include elevated tanks and, in some cases, surface
level storage tanks.   In the case of aboveground tanks,  unit
design and operation, plus the inspector's direct knowledge of
the facility, can provide sound evidence that the unit has not
caused a significant release.   It will rarely be possible to make
such  determinations for  landfills and surface impoundments.  More
explicit information as  to making a "no further action"  determina-
tion  is presented in the media-specific chapters.
                               4-16

-------
                                                    d6<>2.005
2.   Investigate Releases Further in
     a RCRA Remedial  Investi gati on
     The investigator should recommend that a SWMU or other
release be investigated further in an RFI when he/she identifies
a SWMU with a likelihood (or documented evidence)  of a release
which may pose a potential  threat to human health  and the environ-
ment.  He/she should describe each SMWU and the relevant  environ-
mental media which should be investigated in the RFI.  It will be
important in focusing the RFI to determine which media are of
concern for each SWMU or potential release.

     There are situations where the facility as a  whole poses a
problem and where it is difficult to distinguish between  individ-
ual  SWMUs as sources of contamination.  In these cases, it may be
more efficient to refer the entire facility to the RFI and require
the owner/operator to investigate the facility as  a whole.

3.    Adopt Interim Measures

     The RFA should result  in a recommendation to  adopt interim
HP asures at the facility when the investigator believes immediate
action should he taken to protect human health or  the environment
c r o n releases.  The investigator should evaluate the severity of
the release and the proximity of potential receptors when assessing
the need for interim corrective measures.

    .'Temporary corrective measures may be appropriate in  situa-
tions where there is a release of hazardous wastes or constituents
into the environment that is currently affecting or.will  affect
target populations or sensitive environments and the release  may
be  temporarily or permanently arrested by some type of interim
solution.

     The RCRA §3008(h) Corrective Action Orders Interim Measures
Gui dance (draft) provides details on appropriate actions  to take
in  situations where immediate action is needed.  Examples of
interim measures include: fencing a facility in order to  prevent
direct contact with wastes; or stabilizing weak dikes to  prevent
further surface water releases from impoundments.   It is  important
that these units should be  investigated further in an RFI in  order
to  determine the adequacy of the interim measure and/or to design
a permanent solution.

4.    Refer Permitted Release to Other Program Offices

     Permitted releases which may either directly  or indirectly
be  posing a threat to human health or the environment should  be
referred to the State or Federal program office that issued the
permit.  EPA has not developed guide-lines on such  referrals,  thus
they should be conducted as necessary on a case-by-case basis.
Uhen the other program office cannot or will not investigate  or
control the release, the investigator may recommend that  the
units be investigated in an RFI and/or that interim measures  be
initiated.


                               4-17

-------
     When the RFA identifies  contamination  resulting  from permit-
ted discharges or discharges  requiring permits  that  require
further investigation in an  RFI,  EPA will  work  on  a  case-by-case
basis with the Regions and  other  EPA permit  programs  to  develop  a
solution to the contamination resulting from the  discharges.   For
example, when frequent violations of NPOES  permits in the past
have resulted in an accumulation  of hazardous  materials  in  stream
sediments, the RCRA investigator  should work with  the NPDES  auth-
ority to develop a solution  to the contamination.


VI.  FINAL RFA PRODUCT

     The final RFA report will document the  activities  undertaken
in the PR, VSI, and SV.   Many documents will be generated during
the SV, including a sampling  plan, safety  plan, sampling results,
an evaluation of the sampling results, and  release determinations
aid recommendations for  each  unit.  All of  this information
should be compiled into  the  RFA report for  future  reference
during further phases of the  corrective action  program.   Appen-
1ix A provides a sample  outline for the RFA  report.
                               4-18

-------
                                                     ,.-_:< I" lil.iv. i  •-


                           CHAPTER FIVE            9502.00"5

                           GROUND WATER
I.    INTRODUCTION

A.    Purpose

     This chapter provides technical  information to support the
investigation of releases to ground water, with the exception of
releases from regulated units, during the RFA.   While Chapters Two
through Four provide general guidance on conducting an RFA, this
chapter focuses  on specific factors unique to the ground-water
medium that should be considered by the investigator.

q •    Icope

     The scope of the RFA, discussed  in Chapter One, extends to
all  operating, closed,  or closing RCRA facilities.   The investi-
gator should evaluate the likelihood  that a facility may have
releases to the  ground  water, with the exception of "regulated
units" (land disposal units that received wastes after July 26,
1932).  Releases to ground water from regulated units should be
addressed in permits according to the requirements  of Subpart F
of  Part 264 (or  corresponding State regulations), rather than
through §3004(u).  The  investigation  of ground-water contamina-
tion from regulated un i t s wi-1 1 not be part of the RFA.

     It is not the purpose of the RFA to install Subpart F mon-
toring wells in  order to detect conclusively the presence of a
release.  It will usually be sufficient to demonstrate that there
is  a likelihood  of release from a specific unit to  the ground
water in order to require further investigations.  The investi-
gator should rely upon  best professional judgment when estab-
lishing evidence of release to ground water.

     This chapter is organized to reflect the separate phases of
the  RFA process.  The first section describes the technical
factors that should be  considered during the PR and VSI.  The
second section describes the technical approach to  obtaining
additional sampling information in the SV for ground water, and
should be consulted along with Chapter Three on conducting a
sampling visit.   The final section discusses factors to consider
when making release determinations for ground water at the end of
the  RFA.  This section  also presents  options for further investi-
gation of ground-water  releases to be evaluated at  the end of the
RFA.

-------
II.  CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY REVIEW AND VISUAL SITE
     INSPECTION OF GROUND-WATER RELEASE POTENTIAL

     This section presents  technical  information related  specif-
ically to the ground-water  pathway to be considered  when  conduct-
ing the preliminary review  and visual site inspection.   Accordingly,
this section is organized to reflect the primary goals  of the PR
and VSI described in Chapters Two and Three:

     o  Identifying and describing potential  threats  to ground
        water at RCRA facilities; and

     o  Making a preliminary assessment of the  need  for further
        investigations  at these facilities.

     This section reflects  the importance of  the five categories
of information to consider  in conducting RFAs presented in Exhibit
1-1.  It presents technical  information specific to  the ground-
water pathway covering  the  five areas and technical  information
to help the investigator determine when additional  sampling will
^e necessary in an SV to identify ground-water  releases.   The
section discusses each  area  separately:

     ' 1 )  Unit characteristics;

     (2)  Waste characteristics;

     (3)  Pol 1utant .migration pathways;

     (4)  Evidence of release;

     (5)  Exposure potential; and

     (6)  Determining the need for additional sampling  information

     This information will  be relevant to the evaluation  of
written documents in the PR  and information  gathered  in a VSI.
Consult Chapters Two and Three for general guidance  on  how to
conduct PRs and VSIs.

A.   Unit Characteristics

     The design and operating characteristics of a  unit will
determine to a great extent  its potential for releasing hazardous
constituents to ground  water.  Many treatment,  storage, and
disposal units are designed  to prevent releases to  the  environ-
ment.  The investigator should evaluate the  unit characteristics
of ench SMWU or group of SWMUs at a  facility to determine its
potential for releasing hazardous constituents  to ground  water.

     The: general potential  for ground water  contamination from
any unit depends, to a  great extent, upon its nature and  function.
This concept is reflected in RCRA hazardous  waste regulations.
For example, ground water monitoring is not  a requirement for
                               5-2

-------
                                                           DIRECTIVE NO.


container storage units, while monitoring is required ToV
based units.  Therefore, in evaluating the likelihood of ground-
water releases from a unit, the investigator should assess each
unit based upon:

     o  An understanding of the overall potential of the unit
        to cause ground water releases;

     o  An understanding of the primary mechanisms by which
        releases may occur from the unit; and

     o  An assessment of unit-specific factors which, singularly
        or in combination, indicate the relative likelihood of
        ground water releases from the unit.

     The investigator should first consider the relative potential
of the unit to release.  Exhibit 5-1 presents a generalized rank-
ing, in rough descending order, of different types of units and
their overall potential for causing ground-water contamination.
It lists the most common mechanisms by which ground-water releases
can occur from each unit type.
     Exhibit 5-1 provides only a very theoretical  sense of the
         potential  for units to cause ground water releases.
                                                          /net he r
                                                          cul ar
unit
relative potential  ror units to cause ground water release1
Unit-specific factors  should be evaluated in determining wl
further ground water investigations  are needed for a parti*
     The fol-lowing unit-specific factors should .be evaluated in,.
assessing a SWMU for ground water release's:

     (1)  Unit design;
     (2)  Operational history; and
     (3)  Physical integrity of the unit.

     In making a unit assessment, the investigator should consider
ways in which the above factors may combine to suggest whether or
not releases have occurred.  For example, examination of an above-
ground tank may reveal evidence of soil  contamination adjacent to
the unit.  However, the operational history of the unit reveals
that the tank has been in operation for only six months, the tank
is in good condition, and records indicate that the contamination
occurred as a single, relatively small overflow event.  Considera-
tion of all of these factors indicates that, despite the evidence
of soil contamination, likelihood of a release to ground water is
very remote,1 and further remedial investigations for ground water
may not be necessary.  The factors listed above are discussed in
more detail below.
                               5-3

-------
                           EXHIBIT  5-1

            RANKING OF UNIT POTENTIAL  FOR  GROUND WATER
                RELEASES  AND MECHANISMS  OF RELEASE
     Unit Type
            Release  Mechanism
Class IV Injection

  Wei 1



Surface Impoundment
Land Treatment Unit
Underground Tank
Waste Pile
Class I Injection
  Wei 1
  Spillage  or  other releases  from waste
  handling  operations  at  the  well  head
  Escape  of wastes  from well  casing
  Wastes  are injected  directly  into  the
  subsu rface
  Migration  of  wastes/constituents  through
  liners  (if present)  and  soils
  Damage  to  liners
  Overflow events  and  other spillage outside
  the  impoundment
  Seepage through  dikes  to surface  and/or
  subsurface

  Migration  of  leachate  through  liners
  (i f  present)  and  soi1s
  Precipitation runoff  to  surrounding
  surface and subsurface
  Spills  and other  releases outside the
  containment area  from  1 oadi ng/u'nl oadi ng
  operat ions

  Migration  of  constituents through the
  unsaturated zone
  Precipitation runoff  to  surrounding
  surface and subsurface
o Tank she!1  failure
o Leaks from  piping and ancillary equipment
o Spillage from coupling/uncoupling
  operations
o Overf1ow

o Leachate migration through liner
  (i f present)  and soils
o Precipitation runoff to surface/subsurface

o Spillage or other releases fron waste
  handling operations at the well he?d
o Escape  of wastes frcm well casingi
o Migration of  wastes from the injection zone
  through- confining geologic strata to upper
  aquifers
                               5-4

-------
                                                         ruuuT uIRKTIVE NO.

                         EXHIBIT 5-1 (Continued)  9 50 2 . 00- 5

              RANKING OF UNIT POTENTIAL FOR GROUND WATER
                  RELEASES AND MECHANISMS OF RELEASE
     Unit Type
           Release Mechanism
In-ground Tanks
Container Storage
  Unit
Above Ground Tank
Inci nerator
o Overflow
o Tank wall  failure
o Leaks from ancillary equipment
o Spillage from coupling/uncoupling operations

o Spills from containers/container failure
  subsequent migration through liner or base
  (i f any) and soils
o Precipitation runoff from storage areas

o 0ve rf1ow
o Shell failure/corrosion
o Leaks from ancillary equipment
o Coupling/uncoupling operations

o Spillage or other releases from waste
  handling or preparation activities
o Spills due to mechanical failure
                                   5-5

-------
1.    Unit Design

     Evaluation  of the  unit's  design  should  focus  on  the  following
areas:

     o   The unit's capacity  and  dimensions;

     o   Materials, design,  and construction  of  a  unit;

     o   Any engineered  features  designed  to  prevent
        releases  to ground  water;  and

     o   The adequacy of such features.

     The capacity and dimensions of  a  unit  affect  the potential
for a release in  several  ways  depending  upon  the  unit type.  A
large volume, shallow surface  impoundment is  more  likely  to  have
a release than a  smaller  capacity  unit.   The  shallow  depth with
the large volume  indicates  that  there  is  a  large  surface  area  on
the bottom of the impoundment.  Most  releases  occur  through  the
bottom  by exfiltration  through a clay  liner  or  through  leaks  in  a
synthetic liner.   The larger the bottom  surface,  the  greater  the
1 i < 5 1 i h o o d that  bottom  leaks or  exfiltration  will  occur.

     Some units  have engineered  features  that  will  reduce  the
potential for a  release to  ground  water.   Landfills  with  double
liners  and a leachate collection system  will  be much  less  likely
to  have a release to ground  water  than  do either  land-based  units
without liners' or with  single  clay li-ners.   Some  features  in--
stalled to prevent 'ground water  releases  have  different  abilities
to  do so effectively.  For  example,  single  clay liners  do. not
prevent releases, but they  delay the  movement  of  leachate  through
the less permeable clay layers.

2 .    Operational  History

     During the  PR, the investigator  should  evaluate  the  unit's
operational history for information  that  indicates  a  release  to
ground  water may  have occurred.   Operational  factors  that  may
influence the likelihood  of  ground water  releases  include:

     o   Service  life of the  unit.   Units  that  have  been  managing
        wastes for long periods  of time  usually have  a  greater
        likelihood of releases than  units that  have  been  opera-
        ting for  short  periods of  time.   For example, an  under-
        ground tank that  has been  in  service for  six  months  will
        have a much smaller  likelihood  of leakage due to  corrosion
        than will a twenty-year old  underground tank.

     o  Operational status.   In some  cases,  the operational
        status of a- storage unit (e.g.,. closed, inactive,  decom-
        missioned) may  have  an effect on  the relative likelihood
        of a ground water release.
                               5-6

-------
                                                 UO..UT rUUUT UIKtUIVt INU.


     a  Operating procedures.  Proper mai ntenanc*! p re^ul aQOifis-T>ec-
        tions, and procedures for ensuring waste compatibility
        with the unit may indicate that a unit is unlikely to have
        released (this is particularly true for storage units
        such as tanks and container storage areas).  Evidence of
        good operational  practices may be available from owner/
        operator records, and/or visual observation or historical
        inspection reports.  Conversely, poor operating practices
        (e.g., underground tanks that are never leak tested or
        inspected internally, storage of open containers of
        wastes) may indicate relatively greater potential for
        ground water releases.

3.   Physical Integrity of Unit

     During the VSI, the investigator should examine the physical
condition of the unit for indications of releases that may contami-
nate ground water.  Deterioration of above-ground tanks should
reveal obvious signs of rust, corrosion and spills.  Records of
recent leak inspections may also be available for both above and
below ground tanks, and these should be reviewed as part of the
r-\ f-j


     It is likely to be difficult to evaluate the physical integ-
rity of many land-based units.  However, dikes around surface
impoundments may show signs such as crumbling, slumping, and
infiltration around the toe, suggesting that the integrity of the
impoundment is questionable.  In general, the investigator can
assume that most unlined landfills and surface impoundments have"
leaked to ground water.

8 .    Waste Characteristics

     The investigator should attempt to identify the wastes
handled at a facility and originally contained within a SWMU or
group of SWMUs during the PR.  In the PR, the investigator will
try to connect information on waste types, hydrogeologic charac-
teristics, and ground-water contamination to determine whether
or not a SWMU, or group of SWMUs, or other areas of concern at
RCRA facilities have released constituents to "the ground water.
This section describes technical factors to consider when identi-
fying waste characteristics relevant to ground-water releases.
It also discusses physical/chemical properties that will affect
the release potential  of wastes and their subsequent transport in
ground water.

     The tendency for different hazardous constituents to migrate
from a given unit or area, through the unsaturated  zone, and into
the ground water, will depend upon: the amount of waste present,
its.physical state.(i.e., liquid or solid), and the physical and
chemical  properties of the constituents and the geologic materials.
Many of the constituents  in Appendix VIII are essentially insol-
uble in water (at neutral pH) and/or bind tightly to soil  par-
ticles, reducing" their tendency to migrate in ground water.  The
                               5-7

-------
investigator should consider the  potential  mobility  of the wastes
in a, unit, in combination with previously described  unit-specific
factors, when assessing the  likelihood  of release.

     The mobility of organic constituents can  be expressed quan-
titatively by the sorption equilibrium  coefficient  (K
-------
                                               S502.00-5  -
judgment and standard geologic  and  hydrogeologic  principles,
consulting the information sources  discussed  in  Chapter Two on
the subsurface characteristics  of the site.

     In cases where the investigator finds  little direct  evidence
that a particular unit had a  release to ground  water (e.g.,
documented evidence of a substantial  tank  leak),  he/she may have
to deduce the likelihood of release from a  facility by linking  in-
formation on wastes, units comprising the  facility characteristics
of the pollutant migration pathway, and evidence  of ground-water
contamination located in this migration pathway.   This demonstra-
tion will depend primarily upon an  adequate  characterization  of the
direction and rate of ground-water  flow at  the  facility.

     The investigator may choose to recommend more detailed or
immediate investigations at the end of the  RFA  for facilities
with particularly vulnerable  ground water  (e.g.,  shallow  sand  and
gravel a q u i f a r s ) .  More definitive  guidance  on  evaluating the
vulnerability of ground water is contained  in the criteria for
determining  ground water vulnerability which  OSW  released in  July
1986, [Interim Final, July 31,  1986 "Criteria for Identifying
^ r e a s of Vulnerable Hydrogeology."]  This  guidance may be helpful
in situations where a more complete understanding of ground water
vulnerability would assist in making the necessary determinations
in the RFA for a faci1i ty.

     The ground water regime  of the facility  should be evaluated
for other potent i a.l -mi grat i on paths..   For  example, ground water
often recharges surface water.bodies.  Locating  ground-water
discharge points may be important when identifying the potential
for surface  water releases resulting from  contaminated ground  water,

     Evaluation of the ground-water pollutant migration pathway
may also include evaluating any existing ground-water monitoring
systems at the facility which may be capable  of  detecting releases.
If it appears that an existing  monitoring  system  may provide
information  on continuing releases  at the  facility, it may be
necessary to evaluate its technical adequacy.  Procedures for
examining the technical adequacy of existing  monitoring wells  are
described in Section III of this chapter.

     When the investigator determines that  an existing ground-
water monitoring system and the sampling and  analysis program  are
adequate to  detect releases to  ground water,  and  analytical data
(e.g., within the past year)  indicate that  there  is no release,
it may not be necessary to investigate the  unit  or facility
f u rt her .

0.   Evidence of Release
        '    •* •      "•.,-'              •
     The investigator should  examine any available sources of
information  to identify evidence that constituents have been
released to  the ground water  at a facility.   The  investigator
should evaluate b'oth direct and indirect evidence of release
                               5-9

-------
during the PR and VSI.  General  considerations on how to look for
evidence of release are discussed in Chapters Two and Three.

     Direct evidence of release  to ground water may include
official reports of prior release incidents, such as a major tank
car spill  to the ground or documentation that a surface impoundment
has released to ground water (e.g., some states used to permit
releases to ground water through their NPOES permitting process).

     Indirect evidence of a release from the facility or a specific
unit at the facility will usually entail information on general
ground-water contamination.  When the investigator identifies
indirect evidence of a SWMU release of this type, it may be
necessary  to determine which SWMUs are likely to have released
the relevant constituents by evaluating the pollutant migration
pathways (hydrogeologic characteristics) and the waste character-
istics at  the facility, as discussed previously.

     VSIs  may detect releases to other media, particularly soils,
that may indicate a high probability that contaminants have
migrated to the ground water.  Evidence of soil contamination,
either through visual  or sampling data, can provide an indication
that a release to ground water has occurred.

     At some facilities, ground-water sampling data may be
available  from wells at the facility, off-site wells, or from a
spring near the faci-lity.  Other facilities may have no ground-
water monitoring information relevant to the overall facility.
At these -faci.l i t i es , the investigator should consi der. avai 1 ab.l e  .
data on soil contamination or results of soil gas monitoring.
Electromagnetic conductivity surveys may provide evidence of
release for ionic species.

     At facilities with ground-water monitoring data, these data
may indicate that hazardous constituents could have migrated from
the facility.  However, the investigator will still need to eval-
uate the facility's units, waste, and migration pathway charac-
teristics, in order to support the possibility that the consti-
tuents originated from SWMUs at  the facility.

E.   Exposure Potential

     The investigator should evaluate available information on
the location, number, and characteristics of potential receptors
that could be affected by ground-water  releases at the facility.
These receptors include human populations, animal populations
(particularly any endangered or protected species), and sensitive
envi ronments .

     Exposure potential information will be used primarily in
helping the  i nvestfgartor determi rte th-e  need for in-terint corrective
measures at  the facility in order to address instances of  ground-
water contamination posing especially high  risks of exposure.
Types of exposure,  information of concern include:
                               5-10

-------
                                                              — — • • • w i *y

                                                 9502. 00-'"
     o  The proximity of the unit/facility to downgradient      <-*
        drinking water and irrigation  wells;

     o  The potential for use of the  aquifer  as  a drinking  water
        source;  and

     o  The potential effect of aquifer discharges to nearby
        surface  water.

F .    Determining the Need for Additional  Sampling Information

     The investigator may not be able  to  determine whether  a
ground-water release from a unit/facility has occurred  or is
likely to have occurred based upon  existing data and  the factors
described previously.  In these situations, he/she should consider
whether conducting a sampling visit to obtain additional  evidence
and fill data gaps will be needed in  making a determination.  In
this section, we present:

     1)  General  information on factors to consider in  determining
         the need for additional sampling information;

     ?.}  Factors to consider in selecting sampling parameters;  and

     3)  An example to illustrate this discussion.

1.    General Information on Determining the Need for  Sampling

   . At some facilities existing monitoring wells may be present
which could detect contamination from  SWMUs at  the facility.
Existing analytical data from such  wells  may, however,  be inadequate
or  unreliable.  In such situations, new analytical data  may be
useful  in making release determinations.   The following  list
presents situations where additional  sampling data could be
helpful in determining if a release has occurred:

     o  Available data are outdated,  generally  when data are
        over one year old;

     o  The analytical methods used were  inappropriate,
        particularly if methods with  very high  detection levels
        that may obscure significant  releases were used;

     o  QA/QC was of unknown levels or non-existent;

     o  QA/QC information available (e.g. contaminated  field/
        trip blanks) suggests that  available  data may be invalid;

     o  The parameters monitored do not correspond to the waste
        constituents suspected from the release, due  to  factors
        such as  quantity and mobility. For example, GC/MS
        priority pollutant scans are  available  to detect a
        'release  of those chemicals, however,  the waste  contains
        metal 1ic-cyanides and there is no data  on either metals
        or cyanide in the available sampling  data;


                               5-11

-------
        The available data  are not  of a  rigorous  QA/QC level  or
        may be questioned for other reasons,  and  it  is anticipated
        that the facility will challenge any  permit  condition or
        enforcement  order requiring an RFI;  and

        The available data  are based  on  samples  taken  from
        wells which  were not  adequately  oriented  to  detect a
        release from a specific unit  and better  wells  have
        since been installed  or located  but  not  sampled.  It  is
        not routine  to require that wells be  installed during
        an RFA.
2.    Selection of Sampling Parameters
     Knowledge of the wastes  that  may be potentially  released
from a unit is the starting point  when identifying sampling
parameters. However,  many facilities  have incomplete  or no data
on the wastes  deposited over  time.  When little  is known of the
wastes managed in the unit, gas  chromotography/mass spectrometry
(GC/MS) scans  of various constituent  groups  (e.g., volatiles) are
often a good starting point.   Investigators  should select the
parameters to  be analyzed for based on the facility-specific
^formation available and on  the investigator's  professional
jjdg-nent.

     When a waste source is hazardous due to EP  Toxicity, the
metals of concern are:  arsenic,  barium, cadmium,  chromium, lead,
mercury,  selenium, and  silver.

     The  volatile GC/MS scan  identifies chemicals that are charac-
teristic  of solvents  and lighter petroleum products (e.g., gasoline
Many of these  compounds are readily found in the  environment from
releases  from  various waste sources.   Because they are very vola-
tile, older wastes may  no longer contain these constituents since
they may  have  been released by  evaporation into  the air.  The
indicator parameter,  TOX, identifies  the presence of  halogenated
organics.  If  TOX levels have been identified, a  volatile scan
should be helpful in  identifying the  specific compound released.

     Acid extractable compounds  may be present in heavier petro-
leam feedstocks, and  certain  industrial processes (e.g., penta-
chlorophenol from wood  preserving).  Some compounds (e.g., phenol,
pentach1orophenol , 2-chlorophenol) are commonly  found from many
waste sources  including organic  waste treatment  sludges.  Phenol
and the mono halogenated phenols biodegrade  readily in most soil
and surface.water environments.

     Base/neutral compound" can  often be found in wastes from
industries such as organic chemicals, plastics,  and synthetic
fibers manufacturers.   The pesticide scan identifies pesticides
that are found specifically in pesticide wastes  and products from
the agrichemical  industry.
                               5-12

-------
                                                  OSWER POLICY DIRECTIVE NO.

3.    Example                                     $502*00-5

     An illustration of a situation in which sampling would be
called for is as follows:  An unlined surface impoundment, con-
structed twenty years ago from naturally occurring site material,
is  located at a facility close to homes withdrawing water from
domestic wells.  The onsite soils are toigh in clay content,
although they also contain abundant cobbles which would interfere
with adequate compaction.

     The investigator determines that the impoundment has not
received any wastes in the last five years; however, the pre-
viously deposited waste material has never been removed.  The
wastes are identified as unspecified waste oils from unknown
sources and wastes containing lead and cadmium.  While monitoring
wells have been installed, the monitoring data collected from
them only measure indicator parameters (e.g., pH, conductivity,
TOX and TOC).  On.ly one parameter (TOC) showed an increase over
background.  In addition, State sampling data from off-site
domestic wells detected significantly elevated levels of lead and
copper. However, the sampling protocol collected samples directly
" r o Ti the resident's tap, making it possible that the contamination
DM'ginated in the domestic plumbing system.

     Because of the unit's design, construction method, and age,
the investigator may strongly suspect that a release has occurred.
While monitoring data exist, indicator parameters are not ade-
quate to identify potential releases of heavy metals.  The one
elevated parameter, TOC, suggests that organics may have been
released from the oily wastes.  However, 'elevated TOC values do
not conclusively indicate contamination from man-made sources,
and may result from natural sources.

     In this scenario, the investigator should probably call for
additional ground-water sampling from existing wells to find
constituent-specific evidence of release not provided by the
indicator parameters.  He/she would probably sample both on-site
and off-site wells for lead, cadmium, acid extractables, and the
base/neutral priority pollutants.

     The acid extractables and base/neutral priority pollutant
scans would be appropriate since they can identify many of the
constituents commonly found in petroleum oil based wastes
(especially since the composition of the wastes was largely
unknown).  While it might be possible to identify other constit-
uents at the site (e.g., VOCs), the investigator would probably
limit the sampling parameters to those most likely to be present.
Because of the high cost and delay associated with analyzing
sampling results, the investigator should attempt to limit the
selection of sampling parameters to those most likely to result
in- an fdent'i'fTeati'on of a release from.
                               5-13

-------
III. COLLECTING ADDITIONAL  SAMPLING  INFORMATION  IN  THE  SV

     This section presents  technical  information  related  specific-
ally to the ground-water pathway  to  be  considered  when  collecting
additional  sampling information  in  the  SV.   The  information
presented here should be used  to  help the  investigator  meet  one
of the primary goals of the SV:

     o  To  collect additional  sampling  information  to  fill  data
        gaps identified in  the PR and VSI  leading  towards  a
        release determination.

     For each sampling method  discussed,  this  section  describes:
1) the general kinds of situations  in which  it  will  be  appropriate
to employ a specific technique,  2)  technical  information  on  how
to conduct  the sampling, and 3)  specific  details  to  be  considered
when evaluating the sampling results.  We  do  not  provide  the
actual SOPs on the sampling techniques  here,  although  we  do
reference the relevant manuals.

     The choice of appropriate sampling methods  will  have  a  large
inoact on the cost and usefulness of the  SV.   The  investigator
should be confident when developing  and reviewing  the  sampling
plan that the procedures chosen  will  meet  the  needs  of  the  RFA,
while not resulting in the  collection of  unnecessary  data.   We
discuss the following five  sampling  methods  which  may  be  of  use
when investigating ground-water  releases  in  the  RFA:

    • (1)'  Sampling of existing ground-water  monitoring  wells.;  •

     ( 2 )  Soi1 sampli ng;

     (3)  Soil gas monitoring;

     (4)  Electromagnetic conductivity  mapping;

     (5)  Sampling of domestic wells; and

     (6)  Installation and  sampling  of  new ground-water
          moni tori ng welIs.

A.   Sampling of Existing Ground-Water Monitoring Wells

     The investigator should sample  existing ground-water moni-
toring wells when they may  provide useful  data on contamination
resulting from facility-wide releases.   As discussed  in the
previous section, the investigator may decide to sample wells
when the most recent data are outdated, when the laborat.ry
analysis procedures are unknown or questionable, or when  the
sampling parameters were inadequate.  The investigator may also
choose to sample existing weTTs to provide EPA with data  of its
own when the  only available data was collected by the owner/
operator.
                               5-14

-------
                                                   OSWER POLICY DIRECTIVE NO.


                                                 ^•J 2 .00-5   1
     The procedures for sampling monitoring wells have been de-
scribed extensively in many available documents.  The investigator
should rely upon his/her best professional  judgment when collecting
samples at existing wells.   Well configurations at  SWMUs should
be adequate to detect releases from these units.  Before collecting
additional information, the investigator should ascertain the
adequacy of an existing monitoring system.   He/she  should evaluate
the locations of wells in relation to the specific  SWMUs or other
areas of concern.  In many  cases, a facility's monitoring wells
will  have been installed to detect contamination resulting from
regulated units, and will not pick up releases from other units
or areas of concern.  Exhibit 5-2 depicts three examples of moni-
toring well systems, one that would be adequate for detecting
SWMU  releases and two that  would be inadequate.

     After assessing the adequacy of well locations,  the investi-
gator should evaluate data  on well construction and design in
order to determine its adequacy.  While data from properly con-
structed wells nay be of higher quality, it will not  be necessary
to ensure that existing wells meet the stringent requirements
discussed in the RCRA Ground-water Monitoring Enforcement Guidance:
?C9A  G round-wate r Mo n i t o r in g Technical Enforcement  Gui dance
document (TEGO).The investigator should use best  professional
judgment in evaluating sampling data based  upon the quality of
the existing wel1s.

     Sampling of ground-water monitoring wells in the RFA should
be conducted by  trained pe r'so-nn-el .  EPA h'as developed numerous
guidance manuals on appropriate sampling procedures.   These
manuals may be consulted for specific field procedures:

     o  Ground Water Technical Enforcement  Guidance Document
        Draft, August 1985

     o  RCRA Draft Permit Writer's Manual;  Ground-Water
        Protection, October 1983

     o  Manual for Ground-Water Qua!ity Sampling Procedures,
        1981

     o  Revised  Draft Protocol for Ground-Water Inspections
        at Hazardous Waste  Treatment, Storage and Disposal
        Faci1iti es , October 1985

     The investigator should refer to Chapter Four  for specific
recommendations  on QA/QC, chain-of-custody, safety, and
decontamination  procedures  to be followed in the field.  In
general, the OA/QC and sampling procedures  followed by the
investigator should be appropriate to the intended  use of the
data.  For example, if the  investigator anticipates that the
owner/operator may contest  EPArs sampling results in  court, it
would be advisable to use more stringent procedures.
                               5-15

-------
                                                                                                                                    —      e
                                                                                                                                      c       I
                                                                                                                                      —      c
                                                                                                                                      -:     3
                                                                                                                                              e

                                                                                                                                              I
CM


LTi
CQ
X     —
uj     az
        o
                                                            r

                                                                                                                V   U


                                                                                                                C  .£
                                                        O!	!
                                       '	J
O
c  r
                                                                                                                ae  r
 c  =   c
«*-  z   c
    3   b
 r  v:   ~
—       e
—   u   6
 fc  C   fr
 3  w   L.
                         «,      «.  =
                         E      u  —
                         «.      <  »-
                         «           C


•
V
£
c
. *
c
«
jj



r -
i
i
i
| i
1
1
1

•. i
3°!
if \
/ 1-

t • •
a
at

[
• t •
a
K
" O


•
•
•

— S
to g

•
•
•


• t •
ec


• • •
3
QC
	 	

1
1
• ' -c
1 ** **
• 1 -£i
• 1 c.-
_ , »» —
• I * s
1 *
« _•> .
1 e — -^
i " *
I « 0
1 — «— «
* I " «
• * 5 -
1 * 3 -
_ »i w: w
* 1 c «
1 w o
• O C — «
1 Z — 0
                                                                                                                                          t  «•  V   C
                                                                                                                                          r  -  e   o
                                                                                                                                              c  c  r
                                                                                                                                          ».  Z  ac
                                                                                                                                          —      «  "5
                                                                                                                                          T  t  C   C
                                                                                                                                           c   i,  «   r
                                                                                                                                          3  *  r   c
                                                                                                                                               «       ^•
                                                                                                                                          T  —   V   6f

                                                                                                                                          —   i 7   "t
                                                                                                                                            s   v   «   «
                                                                                                                                           w.  ix  3   —


                                                                                                                                            I    I    I    I
                                               c
                                               (J
                                                                                                                                                                C

                                                                                                                                                                "5
                                                                                                                                                                 V
                                                                                                                                                                 t«


                                                                                                                                                                 z

-------
                                                   vfc.,cx ruUCY DIRECTIVE NO.

                                                 950 2 . 00- «=»  -
     The investigator should use best professional  judgment  rn  **
evaluating sampling results collected in the SV, based upon
sound geologic and hydrogeologic principles.  General  guidance
on evaluting sampling results is presented in Chapter  Four.

B.   Soil  Sampling

     The investigator may choose to sample soils at the facility
in order to gain an understanding of the likelihood of a release
to ground  water.  Many constituents, when released  to  soils, will
further migrate into the surficial  aquifer.   The potential  for
migration  to the ground water will  depend upon the  properties  of
the relevant constituents and the site geology (this is discussed
in greater detail  in Section II  of  this chapter).  Soil sampling
will  be especially useful in situations where a facility lacks
ground-water monitoring data or  the ground water is deep.

     Sampling locations should be chosen to  provide the most useful
information.  For  example, the investigator  may want to determine
whether constituents have migrated  from a closed surface impoundment.
Stratified sampling around the unit, and where possible, underneath
1 'n e unit,  may be helpful in detecting constituent concentration
gradients  indicative of migration.   In other cases, the investigator
may simply wish to confirm that  a release incident  occurred, such
as a  spill, by sampling the location where the suspected incident
took  place.  Technical  details on how to sample soils  is provided
in Chapter Eight of this guidance.

C.   Soil  Gas Monitoring        "       *

     Soil  gas m'oni tori ng' can be  used .to detect the  presence  of
volatile organic compounds (VOC's)  in ground water  and will  be
especially useful  in cases where existing ground-water monitoring
systems are inadequate to detect these contaminants.  This  tech-
nique, developed and used extensively by EPA's Environmental
Response Team (ERT), detects the presence of VOC's  in  the unsat-
urated zone and provides a good  indication of subsurface soil
and/or groundwater contamination.  In -addition, this method  can
provide same-day results during  a field investigation  and will
cost  substantially less per sample  than well drilling  and GC/MS
analysi s .

     Soil  gas monitoring should  be  performed by trained personnel.
The following document describes in detail standard procedures
for conducting soil gas monitoring  at waste  sites:

     Lappala, E and G. Thompson, "Detection  of Ground-Water  Con-
     tamination by Shallow Soil  Gas Sampling in the Vadose  Zone
     Theory and Applications."  Proceedings  of the  Fifth National
     Conference on Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste
     Sites-, Washington, D.C.,
                               5-17

-------
     The following description  of soil  gas  monitoring procedures
is intended to assist the permit  writer in  recognizing those
situations where its use would  be appropriate,  and  to enable
him/her to oversee its implementation  by a  contractor or the
owner/operator.

     When ground water or soils have been contaminated by VOC's,
gaseous components of these  compounds  will  be  present in the
interstitial  pore spaces of  the soil  matrix,  and  are  known as
soil  gas.  By sampling the gas  in this  interstitial  space and
analyzing it  for VOC's with  a portable  gas  chromatograph in  the
field or in the laboratory with a GC/MS, the  presence of soil
and/or ground-water contaminants  can be indicated.

     First, the investigator must make  a vertical  hole in the
soil  through  which the gas samples can  be drawn.   A  hole can be
made  to a depth of five feet with a solid spring  steel single
piston slarn bar (1.75m x 16.7 mm  diameter).   Threaded four foot
sections can  be added to the slam bar  when  holes  deeper than five
feet  are desired.

     After the hole has been made, the  slam  bar should be removed
carefully to  prevent the walls  of the  hole  from collapsing.   The
investigator  should then insert a stainless  steel  sampling tube
into  the hole.  In order to  prevent soil from  clogging the sam-
pling tube, a Teflon tube, slightly longer  than the  sampling
tube, should  be inserted into the sampling  tube.   The.Tef1 on"tube
sho.uld be just wide enough to hold a small  nail in  its end,  so
that  the nail head is wide enough to cover  the  end  of the'stain-
less  steel sampling tube.

     The sampling tube should be  inserted into  the  hole, nail  end
first;  when  the sampling tube  has been inserted  to  the desired
depth, the Teflon tube can be removed,  causing  the  nail to drop
to the bottom of the hole.  The sampling tube  should  then be
removed 6 to  12 inches to ensure  that  soil  gases  will enter
freely.  Finally, top dirt should be packed  around  the tube  to
minimize iniltration of ambient air from the  surface.

     Soil gas will be pulled from the  sample  hole using a Gilian
pump.  ERT recommends evacuating  five  to seven  gas  volumes prior
to sampling the hole.  For a 1/4" hole about  10'  deep and a
pumping rate  of three 1iters/minute, this evacuation  should  take
about 15 seconds.

     The gas  in the well can be collected and  sampled using  three
different methods.  The simplest  involves attaching  a portable
photoionization detector (e.g., Hnll) to the  stainless steel  tube,
using a short piece of Teflon tubing.   The HnU  provides indica-
tions of the  total organic vapor concentration  within the hole
calibrated to a benrene'' standard.  This method  does  not provide
the  investigator with information on individual compounds present
in the soil,  but may provide a sufficient indication  of contami-
nation to suggest the likehood of a release.
                               5-18

-------
     The Hntl should be calibrated  properly prior Yo
ground reading of 1 to 2 ppm (as benzene)  may result from soil
moisture.  Once the HnU reading has  stabilized,  usually after 45
to 60 seconds, the reading should  be recorded.

     Tedlar bags can also be used  to collect  soil  gas  for field
analysis with a portable photoionization gas  chromatograph (e.g.,
Photovac) or laboratory analysis with a cryogenic trapping capil-
lary column gas chromatograph/mass spectrometer.  The  Tedlar bag
should be filled with about 200-700  ml  of  vapor  from the borehole,
and analyzed within no more than 48  hours.  This technique has
the advantage that individual  compounds may be  detected, provid-
ing more detailed sampling data during  the SV.   One disadvantage
involves uncertainties concerning  the- interaction of the Tedlar
bag and the gas being collected.  However, the  quality of the
data will be higher than that  obtained  using  an  HnU.

     The most accurate technique for sampling and analysis will
involve the use of sorbent tubes (e.g., Tenax,  Chromosorb, etc.)
to collect gas samples for laboratory analysis  by GC/MS.  Because
contaminants collected on sorbent  tubes maintain their integrity
for a longer period (14 days)  than those collected with Tedlar
bags, i: ^ay be advantageous under some circumstances  to use them
to collect soil  gas samples.  The  chief disadvantage of this tech-
nique involves the necessity of analyzing  the samples  in a labora-
tory, adding time and expense  to the monitoring  procedure.

     Soil gas monitoring can be effective  in  detecting VOC' s in
soil  gas which have a vapor pressure ^greater  th-an xylene (5  mm
Hg).  Vapor pressures of anumber  of constituents of concern-are
listed in Appendix E for further reference.  This monitoring
technique does not provide a direct  indication  of the  concentra-
tion of contaminants in ground water or soil.  The relationship
between soil and ground-water  concentrations  and soil  gas concen-
trations will depend greatly upon  the organic content  of the soil
and the octanol-water partition coefficient of  the constituent  of
concern.  The technique will provide the investigator  with evidence
of subsurface contamination, which will usually  be sufficient to
indicate the need for an RFI at the  locations of concern.

D .   Electromagnetic Conductivity  Mapping

     Geophysical techniques have gained acceptability  in the last
five years for the identification  of waste releases to both  ground
water and soils, as well as for the  sensing of  buried  wastes.
This section briefly discusses one of these techniques, electro-
magnetic conductivity mapping  (EM),  which  may be useful during
the RFA.

     EM surveys can provide an indication  of  ground-water contam-
ination at sites with relatively simple, well-defined  hydro-
geologies (e.g., shallow, relatively uniform  sand and  gravel
aquifers).  This technique measures  changes in  the conductivity
of the subsurface materials at a site,  which  may depend upon the
                               5-19

-------
composition of the subsurface  soils,  and/or the  presence  of
dissolved contaminants  in  the  ground  water.

     EM surveys provide iso-conductivity  contours  at  a  site,
indicating the movement of contaminants  from a  source.   While
this technique does not provide  information on  either the  types
of constituents present,  or their concentrations,  it  can  provide
indirect evidence of a  release.   However,  it will  primarily
indicate only the presence of  ionic  constitutents  in  ground water.

     Conducting EM surveys requires  qualified personnel  and
expensive equipment, although  it will  be  a  relatively inexpensive
method when using experienced  contractors  in the SV.   This section
does not provide technical information  on  how to perform  an EM
survey.

     The investigator should be  cautious  when evaluating  the  re-
sults of an EM survey,  due to  the potential for  interference  from
unusual geologic conditions at the site.   Different  geologic
materials have different  conductivities  (e.g.,  moist  clays have  a
higher conductivity than  do dry  sands).   At facilities  with
complex hydrogeologic characteristics,  the  results of EM  surveys
could provide a false indication of  contamination  where  non-homo-
geneities in the subsurface media reveal  differences  in  conduc-
tivity.  The difficulties  associated  with  analyzing  these  data
represent the major drawback to  using this  technique.

'- •   -Sampling of Domestic  Hells

     In certain unusual cases, the investigator  may  choose to
sample domestic wells in  order to identify  releases  from  the
facility.  This will be especially important when  the investigator
believes that a contaminant plume originating at the  facility
could pose an imminent  threat  to human  health or the  environment
near the facility.  Sampling data taken  from domestic wells could
provide sufficient evidence to suggest  the  need  for  immediate
interim corrective measures at a facility (e.g., such as  counter-
pumping, or provision of  an alternate drinking  water  supply).

     Sampling residential  water  supplies  could  alarm  affected
residents.  Because of  this potential  for community  reaction,
domestic wells should only be  sampled when  the  investigator has
strong evidence to suggest the presence  of  a threat.

     When sampling domestic wells, it is  important to run  the
water to remove any standing water within the distribution system.
It  is also important to take the samples  prior  to any in  line
treatment sys .ems  (e.g.,  water softeners).

F .   Installation Of New Monitoring Wells

     In unusual situations, EPA may find  that new monitoring
wells should be installed during the RFA  in order to  obtain
useful ground-water data.  While this should not be  necessary  at
                               5-20

-------
                                                             DIRECTIVE MO.

                                                  9502.00-
 most  facilities*  it may be  appropriate where ground-water data
 are wholly inadequate, where other sampling techniques do not
 provide  sufficient  information on the site, or  if the owner/operator
 is recalcitrant and the investigator suspects that a release has
 occurred .

      In  most cases  such as  that presented above, the investigator
 should  rely upon  information collected during the RFA to demon-
 strate  that a  release may have occurred, and recommend that the
 facility  conduct  an RFI.  However, this may not be possible when
 dealing  with recalcitrant owner/operators.  As  a last resort,
 the investigator  can  recommend that new wells be installed.

      Procedures for installing new wells should be based upon
 accepted  hydrogeol ogi c principles and best professional judgment.
 New wells  should  conform to standards described in the TEGO or
 Subpart  F.  Their locations should be chosen based on knowledge
 of site  hydrogeology  a^d best professional judgment.


 IV.   MAKING GROUND-WATER RELEASE DETERMINATIONS

      The  final task in the  RFA process is to make determinations
 of release potential  throughout the facility and to make recommen-
 dations  for further action  to address these potential releases.
 In making  release determinations, investigators should evaluate
 the relevant information on unit characteristics, waste charac-
teristics, site hydrogeology, and any evi dence'  avai 1 abl e from
 sampling  and analytical data.  Potential for exposure of receptors-
 to contaminated ground water may also be a consideration in making
 conclusions for further action.  If on the basis of the information
 and evidence available to the investigator, and his/her best pro-
 fessional  judgment, it can  be reasonably determined that there
 is, or  is  likely  to be, a release of wastes or  hazardous constituents
 to ground  water which merits further investigation/characterization,
 or an  immediate interim remedy, the owner/operator should be
 required  in the RFI to conduct these necessary  actions.  It should
 often  be  possible,  from the information gathered in the RFA, to
 be able  to specify  in some  detail the nature of the investigations
 to be  conducted;  i.e., the  area to be given further subsurface
 investigation, the  constituents to be monitored for, the general
 area  to  be monitored  for, and other elements of the ground water
 characterization  program.

      It  should be understood that it is not necessary to prove in
 an RFA  that ground-water contamination has occurred from SWMUs at
 a  facility.  Confirming the presence of a release will often be
 the initial phase of  a follow -on RFI investigation.

      Exhibit 5-3  is. a checklist that should help the investigator
 evaluate  specific factors to identify ground water releases and
 determine  the  relative effect on human health and the environment.
 In identifying releases, the investigator should consider the
 types  of  inform a't ion  presented in Exhibit 1-1,  which are high-
 lighted  in this checklist.


                               5-21

-------
                           Exhibit  5-3

               Checklist  for  Ground  Water  Releases


Identifying  Releases

1.   Potential  for  Ground  Water  Releases

    o  Unit  type and  design

          Does  the unit  type  (e.g.,  land-based)  indicate  the
          potential  for  release?

          Does  the unit  have  engineered  structures  (e.g.,
          liners,  leachate  collection  systems,  proper
          construction materials)  designed  to  prevent
          releases to ground  water?

    o  Unit  operation

          Does  the unit's age (e.g., old unit)  or
          operating  status  (e.g.,  inactive, active)
          indicate the  potential  for release?

          Does  the unit  have  poor  operating procedures
          that  increase  the potential  for  release?

          noes  the unit  have  compliance  problems that
        .  indicate the  potential  for a-release  to
          ground water?

    o  Physical  condition

          Ooes  the unit's physical  condition indicate  the
          potential  for  release (e.g.,  lack of  structural
          integrity,  deteriorating liners,  etc.)?

    o  Locational  characteristics

          Is the facility located  on permeable  soil
          so the release could  migrate  through  the
          unsaturated soil  zone?

          Is the facility located  in an  arid area  with  less
          infiltration  of rainwater and  therefore  with  less
          potential  for  downward migration of any  release?

          Does the distance from a unit  or area to  the  upper-
          most aquifer indicate the potential  for  release
          (e.g., the waste lies within  the aquifier)?

          Does the rate  of ground  water  flow greatly
          inhibit the migration of a release from the
          facility?

          Is the facility  located in an  area that  recharges
          surface water?

                               5-22

-------
                     Exhibit 5-3 (continued)          OSWER POLICY DIHECTiYE MO.
               Checklist for Ground Water Releases  950 2 . 00" 5
    o  Waste characteristics
          Does the waste exhibit high or moderate character-
          istics of mobility (e.g.,  tendency not to sorb to
          soil particles or organic  matter in the unsaturated
          zone) ?
          Does the waste exhibit high or moderate levels of
          toxi ci ty?
          Does the waste exhibit hazardous characteristics
          (e.g., lower high p H ) ?
2.   Evidence of  Ground Water Releases
    o  Existing  ground-water monitoring systems
          Is there an  existing system?
          Is the system adequate?             *
          Are there recent  analytical data that
          i ndi cate a release?
    o  Other evidence  of ground  water releases.
          Is there evidence of contamination around
          the unit (e.g.,  discolored soils, lack of or
          stressed vegetation) that  indicates the
          potential for a  release to ground water?
          Does local well  water  or spring water sampling
          data indicate a  release from a facility?
Determining  the  Relative Effect  of the Release on Human
Health and the Environment
1.   Exposure Potential
    o  Conditions that indicate  potential exposure
          Are there drinking water well(s) located near
          the faci1i ty?
          Does the direction of  ground water flow
          indicate the potential for hazardous consti-
          tuents to migrate to drinking water wells?
          Does the ground  water  discharge to a surface
          water  body with  recreational use or that supports
          fish or any  endangered species?
                               5-23

-------
                                                   OSWER POLICY DIRECTIVE KO.

                           CHAPTER  six             9502.00-5

                          SURFACE  WATER
I.  INTRODUCTION

A.   Purpose

     This chapter provides  technical  information  to  support  the
investigation of SWMU and  other releases  to  surface  water  during
the RFA.   While  Chapters  Two,  Three,  and  Four  provide  general
guidance  on conducting RFAs,  this  chapter focuses on specific
factors unique to the surface  water  media that  should  be  con-
sidered by the investigator.

     This chapter has been  organized  to  reflect  the  separate
phases of the RFA process:

     o  Conducting a  preliminary review  of existing  information
        related  to releases to surface water;

     o  Inspecting the facility to obtain evidence of  release;

     o  Collecting additional  sampling information in  the  SV;  and

     o  Making final  release  determinations.

     The  first section describes the  technical  factors that' should
be considered during  the  PR and VSI.   The second  section  describes
the technical approach to  obtaining  additional  sampli.ng information
in the SV for surface water,  and should  be consulted along with
Chapter Four on  conducting  a  SV.  The final  section  discusses
factors to consider when  making release  determinations to  surface
water at  the end of the RFA.   This section also  discusses  the
options for further investigation  to  be  evaluated at the  end  of
the RFA for surface water  releases.

B.   Scope

     The  investigator should  evaluate all RCRA  facilities  for
releases  to surface water  that pose  an actual  or  potential  threat
to human  helath  and the environment.   These  releases may  include
surface water discharges  permitted or required  to be permitted
under the NPDES  program.   In  these cases, the  investigator should
attempt to make  an initial  characterization  of  the potential
problem.   However, he/she  should usually  refer  the further inves-
tigation  and control  of these  discharges  to  the  NPDES  permitting
authority, rather than addressing  them through  RCRA  authorities
[§3008(h), §3004(u),  or §3004(v)J.  EPA  is developing  more specific
guidance'on how-to nrake these  referrals.

-------
      In most cases surface water investigations will relate to
 run-off from specific SWMUs.  However, there may be situations
 where general facility run-off may be impacting human health and
 the environment.  The 3Q08(h) corrective action authority allows
 the investigator to address these situations.


 II.   CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY REVIEW AND VISUAL SITE
      INSPECTION OF RELEASES TO SURFACE WATER

      This  section presents technical information related specifi-
 cally to the surface water pathway to be considered when conduct-
 ing the PR and VSI.  Accordingly, this section has been organized
 to  reflect the primary goals of these steps as described in
 Chapters Two and Three:

      o  Identifying and describing potential threats to surface
        water at RCRA facilities; and

      o  Making a preliminary assessment of the need for a SV or
        other actions at these facilities.

      This  section reflects the importance of the RFA information
 matrix  (Exhibit 1.1) for evaluating the likelihood of releases to
 surface water in the PR.   It describes each of the five types of
 .information  described in this matrix as it applies to the surface
,water pathway.  In addition, this section provides technical
 information  to help the investigator determine when additional
 sampling will be necessary in a SV to identi-fy surface water
 releases.  The factors discussed are as follows:

      (1)   Unit characteristics;

      (2)   Waste characteristics;

      (3)   Pollutant migration pathways;

      (4)   Evidence of release;

      (5)   Exposure potential; and

      (6)   Determining the  need for additional  sampling information

      This  information will be relevant to the  evaluation of
 written documents in the PR  and information gathered during the
 VSI.  Consult Chapters Two and Three for general guidance on
 conducting PAs and VSIs.

 A.    Unit  Characteristics

      The design and operating characteristics  of a  SMWU will
 determine  to a great extent  its potential for  releasing hazardous
 constituents to surface water.  Many treatment, storage, and
 disposal units are designed  to prevent releases to  the environment


                               6-2

-------
                                                   ^502.00-5
 The  investigator  should evaluate the unit characteristics of each
 SMWU  or  group  of  SWMUs at a  facility to determine their potential
 for  releasing  hazardous constituents to surf-ace water.

      As  with the  other media, the  likelihood that a SWMU has con-
 taminated  surface water or a  surface water drainage pathway is
 largely  dependent on the nature and function of the unit.  For
 example,  open  units that contain liquids  (e.g., surface impound-
 ments) have  a  greater potential for release than closed landfill
 cells  that  have been properly capped.

      Exhibit 6-1  loosely ranks commonly observed SWMUs in a de-
 scending  order on the basis  of their potential for having releases
 that  may  cause surface water  contamination.  It is intended to
.provide  a  general sense of the relative potential for units to
 cause  these  types of releases.  The investigator will also need
 to  evaluate  unit-specific factors  in determining the potential
 for  release  from  a particular unit.

      The  major unit-specific  factors the  investigator should
 evaluate  are discussed below.

 -•    Unit  design

      The  investigator should  determine whether the unit has
 engineered  features (e.g., run-off control systems) that are
 designed  to  prevent releases  from  the unit.  If such features
 are  jn place,  the investigator should evaluate whether they are
 adequate  (in terms of capaci-ty, engineering, etc.) to prevent .
 releases.   A landfill, for example, may have berms to control
 run-off,  but the  berms may not be  adequate to contain run-off
 dj^ing periods of peak rainfall.   In addition, a surface impound-
 ment  or  open tank with insufficient freeboard may not be able to
 prevent  overtopping that could occur because of wave action
 during storm events.

 2.    Operational  history

      During  the PR and VSI,  the investigator should examine the
 unit's operating  history to  obtain i nf ormat i orr -that indicates
 releases  have  taken place.   There  are several operational factors
 that  influence the likelihood of release.

      o   Operating life of the unit.  Units that have been operat-
         ing  for long periods  of time are  generally more likely to
         have releases than new units.

      o   Operating status of  the unit.  In some cases, the operat-
         ing  status of a unit  (e.g., closed, inactive, etc.) may
         have an effect on the relative likelihood of release.
                               6-3

-------
                           EXHIBII  6-1

       RANKING OF UNIT POTENTIAL  FOR  SURFACE  WATER  RELEASE
                    AND MECHANISMS  OF RELEASE
     Unit Type
Surface Impoundment
Landfi11
' J a s t e Pile
Land Treatment Unit
Container Storage
Area

Above-ground Tank
I n-ground Tank
I nci nerator
Class I and IV
Inject ion Well
             Release Mechani sm*
o Releases  from overtopping

o Seepage

o Migration of run-off outside the unit's
  run-off collection and containment system

o Migration of spills and other releases
  outside the containment area from
  loading and unloading operations

o Seepage through dikes to surrounding
  areas (e.g., soils, pavement, etc.)

o Migration of run-off outside the unit's
  run-off collection and containment system

o Migration of spills and other releases
  outside the containment area from
  loading and unloading operations

o Migration of run-off outside the
  containment area

o Migration of run-off outside the
  containment area

o Releases  from overflow

o Leaks through tank shell

o Spills from coupling/uncoupling
  operations

o Releases from overflow

o Spills from coupling/uncoupling
  operations

o Spills or other releases from waste
  handling/preparation activities

o Spills due  to mechanical failure

o Spills from waste  handling  opera-
  ti ons at the we!1  head
*  The two remaining solid waste management units; waste transfer
   stations, and -waste recycling operations generally have mechanis!
   of release similar to tanks.  All units may release to ground
   water when the surface water at  the facility is hydrogeologica11y
   connected to it.
                               6-4

-------
                                                 9502   00-^
    o   Operating procedures.  Maintenance and inspection records
        should 1ndlcate whether a unit is likely to have released.
        Units that are inspected regularly and properly maintained
        are less likely to have releases than units that have
        been poorly maintained.

3.   Physical condition of the unit

     During the VSI, the investigator should examine the units
for evidence of releases or characteristics that could cause
releases.  For example, when inspecting a surface impoundment,
the investigator should determine whether the earthen dikes  are
structurally sound to prevent releases.  Cracks, slumping or
seeps around the toe in these dikes may cause releases to the
surface water drainage pathway.

8.   Waste Characteristics

     The investigator should attempt to identify the wastes
originally contained within a SWMU or group of SWMUs during  the
PR.  In the PR, the investigator will try to connect information
on waste types, the surface water drainage pathway, and evidence
of surface water, sediment, or soil contamination to demonstrate
the likelihood that specific SWMUs, groups of SWMUs, or other
areas have released constituents to the surface water.  This
section describes technical factors to consider when identifying
waste characteristics relevant to surface water releases.  It
also discusses physical./chemical properties .that will affect the
release potential of wastes and their subsequent transport  in'the
surface wat-er drainage pathway.      '           •

     Information on constituents and their properties can aid the
investigator in identifying migration pathways of concern and
sampling locations in environmental media.  For example,  knowing
that the waste primarily contains heavy metals, which have  a ten-
dency to precipitate and settle, the investigator can look  for
evidence of a release in the sediments around the point of  dis-
charge into a river and plan on taking samples of the bottom
sedi ment.

     Constituents, depending on their properties, will tend  to
migrate in different forms and at different rates in the  pathway.
Some constituents, which are highly soluble, will  dissolve  in
water and be transported within the water column.   Insoluble
constituents can be transported into surface water by suspension
from turbulent run-on/run-off.  Other generally insoluble waste
constituents are lighter than water and will  be transported  on
the surface, forming oily sheens.  Hazardous metals and inor-
ganics (e.g., arsenic and cyanides) may be relatively mobile in
water, depending upon the pH of the wastes and the surface water,
the oxidation-reduction potential  of the surface water (this
will  be most important in the lower layers of deeper lakes), and
the ligands present for complex formation.  Hard surface  water,
                               6-5

-------
due to the presence of higher concentrations of carbonate ions,
will support the formation of relatively immobile metal  complexes.
These metal  complexes form precipitates, which will  settle out
with sediment.

     The tendency of organic constituents to adsorb  to soils can
be expressed quantitatively by the sorption equilibrium coeffi-
cient (K(j).   The value of K
-------
                                                 9502 . 00-5
deductions on the likelihood  of  release  by  linking  information
on waste characteristics,  the pollutant  migration  pathway,  and
indirect evidence of release  (e.g.,  environmental  sampling  data
showing contamination of surface water,  soils  in  drainage pathways,
or stream sediments).  It  will  be easier to demonstrate  that  a
contaminant originated at  a  particular  SWMU when  the  investigator
can show that, based on the  characteristics of the  surface  water
drainage pathway, a release  from the particular SWMU  would  be
likely to result in the observed contamination.

     In characterizing surface  water release pathways, the  invest-
igator should identify any drainage  pathway(s) leading from
the unit of concern to surface  water.   Topographic  maps  provide
information on the slope of  the  intervening terrain between the
units of concern and downgradient surface water,  which is helpful
in determining the route run-off follows to surface water.  These
maps may also help in locating  surface  water bodies.

     Upon entering surface water, the transport of  the constituents
in the surface water pathway  is  highly  dependent  on the  type  of
surface water body.  The three  major classifications  of  surface
water are:  rivers and streams,  impoundments (e.g., lakes,  bays,
etc.) and estuaries (including  wetlands).

     Contaminants entering rivers and streams  will  tend  to  be
transported downstream.  However, as discussed earlier,  heavy
metals.are likely to settle  out  with sediment.  Also,  VOCs  entering
a turbulen-t stream may volatilize into  the  air.

     Constituents entering impoundments  or  estuarine  systems  will
tend to pol-lute areas near their discharge  points  because these
water bodies are relatively  slow moving  and are not likely  to
transport the constituents significant  distances.

     The investigator also should look  for  any effect  that  permit-
ted discharges (e.g., NPDES,  dredge  or  fill) may  have  on  environ-
mental pathways.  For example,  a NPDES  discharge  may  be  releasing
RCRA constituents not covered by the permit, causing  downstream
contamination.  In addition,  the investigator  should  consider the
possibility that waste in  NPDES  units or in other  permitted
discharges may be releasing  to  ground water or air.

     Finally, the investigator  should consider possible  intermedia
transfers to surface water.   He/she  should  consider the  potential
for releases, from soil and/or ground water  (ground  water  discharge)
to affect the surface water  pathway.

     In sum, the investigator should use his/her  knowledge  of the
constituents in the waste, the  drainage  patterns  leading  from the
unit to surface water, and the  effect of different  surface  water
bodies on the transport of various constituents,  to identify  areas
to look for evidence of release.  He/she should also  use  this
knowledge to specify appropriate sampling points.
                               6-7

-------
D.   Evidence of Release

     The investigator should  examine  any  available  sources  of
information to identify evidence  that  constituents  have  been
released to the.surface water at  a  facility.   The  investigator
should evaluate both direct  and  indirect  evidence  of  release
collected during the PR.   General  considerations on how  to  look
for evidence of release are  discussed  in  Chapters  Two and Three.

     Direct evidence of release  to  surface  water may  include
official reports of prior release  incidents,  such  as  a major  tank
car spill to the ground or documentation  that  a  surface  impound-
ment has released to surface  water.   Indirect  evidence will
usually entail information from  surface water  quality monitoring
data, including visual  observations  of aquatic stress (e.g.,  fish
kills) from water contamination.   When the  investigator  identifies
indirect evidence of this type,  it  may be necessary to determine
its source at the facility by evaluating  the  pollutant migration
pathways and the waste  characteristics at the  facility.

     The investigator should  examine  available sources of infor-
mation and use recent visual  observations obtained  during a
site inspection to identify  any  evidence  that  hazardous  constit-
uents have released from  SWMUs at  the  facility to  surface water.

     NPDES files are particularly  useful  in identifying  historical
releases to surface water or  determining  the  likelihood  of  current
releases.. • NPDES personnel that, are  familiar 'with  the facility  can
often obtain information  on  past  releases.  Other key  sources
of information include: RCRA  inspection  reports, CERCLA  reports
(e;g., PA/SI), and discussions with  the  State  agency  responsible
for fisheries and wildlife management.

     Due to the intermittent  nature  of many surface water releases,
the VSI is particularly important.   The  investigator  should
examine the site and nearby  surface  water for  physical evidence
of release and focus on trying to  obtain  evidence  of  releases  in
areas between the unit  and the closest surface water  body.   The
investigator should look  for  visible  evidence  of uncontrolled
run-off.  If releases have occurred  or are  occurring  at  a unit,
there is likely to be evidence around  the unit that  indicates  a
release is taking place.   In  addition, if the  facility is located
adjacent to surface water, the investigator should examine  the
surface water for evidence of releases.   During  the  VSI, the
investigator should look  for:

     o  Observable contaminated  run-off or leachate  seeps;

     o  Drainage patterns that indicate possible run-off from
        units at the facility;

     o  Evidence of wash-outs or floods,  such  as  highly  eroded
        soil, damaged trees,  etc.;
                               6-8

-------
                                                      .CK POUCY D'srcrvs
                                                  950 2 . 00- S
     o  Discolored  soil,  standing water,  or  dead  vegetation      "
        along drainage patterns  leading  from the  unit;

     o  Discolored  surface  water, sediment  or dead aquatic
        vegetation ;

     o  Evidence of fish  kills;

     o  Unpermitted point source discharges;

     o  Units (including  old fill material  that  is now  considered
        hazardous waste)  discharging  in  surface  water;  and

     o  Permitted discharges that are of  concern,  e.g.,  downstream
        contamination resulting  from  permitted discharges;
        release of  RCRA constituents  to  surface  water;  NPDES
        units/discharges  causing contamination problems  in  other
        media (e.g., air, ground water).

E .    Exposure Potential

     The investigator should evaluate available  information  on
the location, number, and characteristics of potential  receptors
that could be affected by surface water  releases  at  the  facility.
These receptors include human populations,  animal  populations
(particularly any endangered or  protected species),  and  sensitive
environments.

     Potential  receptor information will  be  used  primarily  in
helping the investigator  determine the need  for  interim  corrective
measures at the facility  in order to  address instances  of  surface
water contamination posing  especially high  risks  of  exposure.

     The investigator should evaluate the likelihood  for  receptors
to  be exposed to hazardous  constituents  through  releases  to
surface water in order to assess the  severity of  release.   If
receptors are currently being exposed to  a  release or have  a high
potential for being exposed, then the investigator should  consider
recommending immediate corrective measures  (e.g.,  run-off  control
measures) to limit  or eliminate  exposure  to  the  release.

     The types  of information that are useful  in  evaluating  the
potential for human and environmental receptors  to be exposed  to
surface water releases are  discussed  below.

1 .    Human receptors

     Human receptors can  be exposed to the  release via  their
use of surface  water.  The  investigator  should determine  the use(s)
of  the surface  water body of concern  (e.g.,  no use,  commercial  or
industrial, irrigation, fisheries, commercial  food preparation,
recreation, or  drinking).  A release  is  more likely  to  signifi-
cantly impact human health  if the surface water  is being  used  as
a source of contact  recreation (e.g., swimming)  rather  than  being
                               6-9

-------
used for Industrial  or a commercial  purposes.   Information on  the
location of any drinking or irrigation water intakes  is  usually
listed in public records, which  may  be obtained  from  the local
health department.

2.   Environmental  receptors

     Constituents in a release to surface water  may contact  sen-
sitive habitats (e.g., a highly  productive biological  community,
or a habitat of rare or endangered plants or animals).   The
investigator should  locate any sensitive  habitats  in  the surface
water pathway.   This information can generally be  obtained by
talking with State  Fish and Wildlife Management  Agencies and
local environmental  groups.  In  some cases,  reports such as
environmental  impact studies have been prepared  for the  area.

F.   Determining the Need for Additional  Sampling

     In the surface  water medium, investigators  may often find
that existing  data  on a release  from a unit  is unavailable or
insufficient.   In cases where historical  information  and visual
observations are not adequate to determine if  a  surface  water
release from a  unit  has occurred or  is likely  to have  occurred,
he/she should  consider whether additional sampling and  analysis
would help in  making a determination.  In this section,  we
present:

     o  'General information- on factors .to consider in  deter- -
        mining  the  need for additional sampling  information;

     o  Factors to  consider in selecting  sampling  parameters;
        and

     o  An example  to illustrate this discussion.

1.   General Information on Determining The  Need for  Sampling

     The following  are example situations where  additional analy-
tical data would be  helpful in determining if  a  release  has
occurred:

     o  During  visual inspections, indirect  evidence  of  a
        release (e.g., oil slicks, foam)  have  been observed,
        and chemical analysis may identify the unit causing
        the release; and

     o  Existing surface ^ater monitoring data or available
        information  suggest a release, anc1 more data  will
        either confirm the release and/or identify the unit
        of concern.
                               6-10

-------
                                                  950 2.00-5
2.   Selection of Sampling Parameters

     Knowledge of the wastes that may  be potentially released
from a unit 1s the starting point when identifying  sampling
parameters. However,  many SWMUs have incomplete or  no data on the
wastes deposited over time.  When little is  known of the wastes
managed in the unit,  gas  chromotography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS)
scans such as acid extractables or base/neutral  extractables  be-
come a good starting  point when selecting parameters for analysis
in surface water and  sediments.

     When a waste source  is hazardous  due to EP Toxicity, the
metals of concern are arsenic,  barium, cadmium,  chromium, lead,
mercury, selenium, and silver.   The following metals precipitate
readily under many naturally occurring conditions and can be
found in sediment analysis: cadmium, lead, nickel,  and zinc.

     The volatile GC/MS scan identifies chemicals that are charar-
teristic of solvents  and  lighter petroleum products  (e.g., gaso-
line).  Many of these compounds are readily  found in the environ-
ment from releases from various waste  sources.   Because they  are
very volatile, and surface water bodies (particularly rivers  and
streams) have the capacity to release  these  constituents via
evaporation into the  air, evidence of  these  chemicals may be  very
difficult to obtain.   It  is not recommended  to  analyze surface
water bodies for these constituents unless a release is current
or on-going.  Leachate samples  and run-off,..if  available, are
more ammenable to retaining evidence of volatile constituent
releases.          '          .  . •   _        .

     Acid extractable compounds may be present  in heavier petro-
leum feedstocks, and  certain industrial processes (e.g., penta-
chlorophenol from wood preserving).  Some of those  compounds
(e.g., phenol, pentachlorophenol , 2-chlorophenol) are present in
common waste sources, including POTW discharges.  Phenol and  the
mono-halogenated phenols  biodegrade readily  in  most  soil and
surface water environments.

     Base/neutral compounds can often  be found  in wastes from
industries such as plastics and synthetic fibers manufacturers.
The pesticide scan identifies pesticides that are found specif-
ically in pesticide wastes and  products from the agrichemical
i ndustry.

     When collecting  surface water and sediment samples, it  may
be valuable'to sample an  up-stream site for  the same chemical
parameters that will  be analysed in the area of the  suspected
release.  There will  often be a high potential  for  other waste
sources (e.g., POTWs, industrial NPDES discharges)  to contaminate
surface waters with the same constituents under investigation in
the RFA.
                               6-11

-------
3.   Example

     An illustration of a situation in  which  sampling  would  be
called for is as follows:  A waste pile of  thickened  and  filtered
wastewater treatment sludges from an electroplating  operation  has
been stockpiled on a cement pad  for almost  ten  years.   Visual
inspection of the waste pile shows that there are  no  on-site
controls to  prevent run-on and run-off.  In fact,  channels  are
observed leading downgradient from the  pile,  reaching  a medium
s'ized stream about 200 yards away.

     The waste pile contains both copper and  nickel  from  the
electroplating process. The sludge was  formed by  the  treatment
of wastewaters containing copper cyanide and  nickel  cyanide  by
the addition of lime to form insoluble  precipitates.   Analysis
of current sludge samples shows  significant levels of  cyanide.
There is no  data on the cyanide  levels  in the ten  year old
waste pile.   There is no water quality  data from  the  stream
on the parameters of interest (e.g., copper,  nickel,  or cyanide).
Fish kills were reported on the  stream  eight  or more  years  ago.
There have been no recently documented  fish kills.

     In this scenario, the investigator should  probably call
for sampling to find constituent-specific evidence of  a release
to surface water.  Cyanide, being mobile in water, is  anticipated
to be leached out of the waste pile and dispersed  down stream
during storm events.  Any evidence 'of a release must  be preserved
in the soil.and sediment..  Therefore, the sampling program  centers
around copper and nick'eT analysis in the' soils  and sediments.
Soil sampling is recommended for the low spots  in  the  drainage
where run-off may have formed puddles.

     The investigator should take sediment  samples of  the stream
bottom, and  analyze them for copper, nickel,  and  cyanide.
Because cyanide is soluble and degradable in  small quantities  in
the sediments and soils, it may  not be  found  in the  sediments  or
remain in the water. Because of  the high cost and  delay asso-
ciated with  analyzing sampling results, the investigator  may
attempt to limit the selection of sampling  parameters  to  those
most likely  to result in an identification  of a release.


III. COLLECTING ADDITIONAL SAMPLING INFORMATION IN THE SV

     This section presents technical information  related  specifi-
cally to the surface water pathway to be considered  when  collect-
ing additional sampling information in  the  SV.   Accordingly, the
information presented here should be used to help the investigator
meet oie of the primary goals of the SV:

     o  To collect additional sampling  information to fill  data
        gaps identified in the PR and SVI.
                               6-12

-------
                                                   uo..cn
                                                  950 2 . 00-5
     For each sampling method discussed, this section describes:
1) the general kinds of situations in which it will  be appropriate
to employ a specific technique, 2) technical  information  on how
to conduct the sampling, and 3) specific details to  be considered
when evaluating the sampling results.  This section  does  not pro-
vide the actual SOPs on sampling techniques,  but references
relevant manuals.

     The choice of appropriate sampling methods will  have  a large
impact on the cost and usefulness of the SV.   The investigator
should be confident when developing and reviewing the sampling
plan that the procedures chosen will meet the needs  of the  RFA,
while not resulting in the collection of unnecessary  data.   This
section discusses the following four sampling methods which may
be of use:

     (1) Surface water sampling;

     (2) Sediment sampling;

     ( 3 ) Soi 1 sampl ing; and

     ( 4 ) Run-off sampl i ng.

A.   Surface Water Sampling

     It is important to select sampling locations for surface
waters prior to actu.al sample collection since location  will
often affect the choice of sampling equipment.  Selection  of
sampling location depends 'on surface water body type  (e.g., pond
or stream), flow rate, depth, and width.  In  practice, safety and
physical access limitations will often affect sample  locations.

     Surface water samples can be collected directly  by  submerg-
ing the sample bottle.  However, it is preferable to  use  a  sample
collection container (e.g., beaker), properly cleaned and  of
appropriate material, to avoid contaminating  the outside  of the
bottle used to transport the sample back to the laboratory.

     It is often necessary to collect samples away from  the
shore. If a plume is visible, samples should  be taken within the
plume.  A telescoping aluminum pole with an adjustable beaker
clamp attached to the end is the easiest device to use to  reach
sampling locations several feet off-shore.  The collection  vessel
or the sampl.e bottle is held by the clamp.  Samples  can  be  trans-
ferred to appropriate bottles for shipment back to the laboratory.
Surface water samples should be preserved and cooled  to  4°C. prior
to shipment to the laboratory.  The laboratory may provide  the
preservatives within the bottles.  These cannot be used  for
direct sampling.
                               6-13

-------
B.    Sludge and Sediment Sampling

     Sediment or sludge can usually be sampled by using a
stainless steel scoop or trier.   Where sediment has  a shallow
liquid layer above it, it may be scooped by a pond sampler or
preferably with a thin-tube sampler.  This device is preferred
because it causes less sample disturbance and will also collect
an aliquot of the overlying liquid, thus preventing  drying or
excessive sample oxidation before analysis.

     If the sludge layer is shallow, less than 30 centimeters,
corer penetration may damage the container liner or  bottom.   In
this case, a Ponar or Eckman portable dredge can be  used  since
these samplers can generally only penetrate a few centimeters.
Of the two samplers, Ponar grab  samplers can be applied to a
wider range of sediments and sludges.  They penetrate deeper  and
seal better than the spring-activated Eckman dredges, especially
in granular substrates.

     When sampling, the investigator should consider a number of
additional factors.  For instance, because streams,  lakes, and
impoundments generally demonstrate significant variation  in
sediment composition resulting from distance from inflows, dis-
charges, or other disturbances,  the investigator should document
exact sampling locations by means of triangulation with stable
references on the banks of the stream or lake.  In addition,  the
investigator may have to modify  or not use some devices described
above if rocks, debris and organic material in the sediment
complicate s-ampl i n.g'.-                 .   •

     EPA's publication, Character!' zati on of Hazardous
Waste Si tes-A Methods Manual; Volume 11. 7Tv a11 a b 1 e Samp ling
Methods , Second E d i t i o n , pages 2-8 to^-18, describe these
sampling techniques in greater detail.

C.   Soi1 Sampli ng

     If run-off or leachate samples cannot be obtained directly
(e.g.,  lack of precipitation), soil samples can be taken  within
gullies or other run-off channels to identify contamination.
Results showing contaminated soil in a run-off pathway will  indi-
cate the potential for a surface water release.  Constituents
found in drainage pathways may confirm the presence  of contaminated
run-off.  The  identification of  a release to soils and the appro-
priate  sampling protocol is covered in Chapter Seven, Soils.

D.   Run-off Sampli ng

     Sampling  of run-off and leachate seepage involves several
technical difficulties and will  be  less common in the RFA.  The
major criteria used to determine how and where to sample include:
obtaining a representative sample,  safety of the personnel con-
ducting the sampling, and the timing of sample collection with
the high precipitation necessary to  create run-off or infiltration
                               6-14

-------
                                                   9502.00-5
and seepage. Lack of precipitation  during  the  sampling  program  is
the major obstacle to obtaining run-off  samples.

     Due to the differences  in  run-off patterns  between  facilities,
no one sampling method is  considered  reliable  for  obtaining  a
representative sample at  every  location.   The  investigator will
need to use professional  judgment when designing  site-specific
sampling plans.  When sampling  sheet  run-off  or  small  leachate
streams, a weir may be used  to  enable the  liquid  to  spring free
of the surface to provide  a  sufficient volume  for  the  parameter
analysis.  These samples  should be  collected  as  grabs  and  all
parameters should be taken within a short  period  of  time (i.e.,
1 ess than 15 mi nutes).

     The best method for  manually collecting  samples  is  to use
the actual sample container  that will be  used  to  transport the
sample to the laboratory.   This will  prevent  the  contamination  of
samples by the use of a collection  device.   The  collection
container should be properly cleaned.

     Samples for oil and  grease analysis  should  be collected dir-
ectly from the run-off.  The investigator  should  avoid  using
collection vessels when transferring  oil  and  grease  samples  since
oil residue will adhere to the  vessel and  may  not  be  transferred
with the sample to the container.

     Care should be taken  to avoid  collecting  leaves  and debris  in
the vessel.  "The sample can  then be transferred-to-the  appropriate
container.  Some laboratories will  add the  preservatives directly
to the sample containers  and other  laboratories  will  have  the
sampling team preserve the samples.  The  investigator  should
use appropriate methods to preserve run-off samples.   Leachate
samples, which are generally considered  to  be  hazardous  samples
rather than environmental  samples,  should  not  be  preserved.   SW
846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste  - Physical  Chemical
Methods  is the best reference  for  hazardous  samples.  Methods  for
Chemical Analysis of Water and  Wastes 1s  a  good  reference  for
preservation techniques for  run-off samples.

     In evaluating results,  it  is very Important  to  determine  if
representative samples were  obtained  and  appropriate  sampling
methods were used to collect parameters.   QA/QC  protocol for
sampling is described in  Chapter Four.


IV.  MAKING SURFACE WATER  RELEASE DETERMINATIONS

     This section summarizes information  that  the  investigator
should consider when making  release determinations in  the  surface
water pathway.
                               6-15

-------
     Chapter Four presents the general  procedure to be  followed
when making release determinations  in  the  RFA.   This  involves:

     o  Evaluating sampling results from the  SV;

     o  Integrating facility information gathered  in  the  PR,
        VSI , and the SV;

     o  Determining the likelihood  of  release at the  facility;  and

     o  Making recommendations concerning  the need for  further
        i nvesti gations .

     The investigator should rely upon  information available  and
his/her best professional  judgment  when making  release  determina-
tions in the surface water pathway.  As stated  in  Chapter Four,
it will often be necessary to make  deductions on the  likely
origins of surface water  contamination  in  the RFA  when  there  is
evidence of such contamination.   In order  to  do this, the inves-
tigator should be able to  demonstrate  that:  1)  the constituents
identified in the surface  water  or  sediments  were  present in  the
specific unit or group of  units;  and 2) the  pollutant migration
pathways at the  site support a determination  that  a constituent
leaking from a specific unit or  group  of units  would  be likely  to
migrate to the surface water of  concern.  The investigator should
rely upon  best professional judgment in making  this determination.

     Further investigations to establish the  presence of, and
character  of, surface water (and/or s-ediment) contamination
problems,  and the sources  of such contamination,- should be required
of the owner/operator when information.or  evidence indicates  that
there is or is likely to  be releases from  the facility  to the
surface water body which  poses an actual or  potential threat  to.
human health or  the environment.

     Exhibit 6-2 is a checklist  that should  help the  investigator
evaluate specific factors  to identify  surface water releases
and determine the relative effect on human health  and the en-
vironment.  In identifying releases, the investigator should
consider the types of information presented  in  Exhibit  1-1
which are  highlighted in  this checklist.
                               6-16

-------
                           EXHIBIT 6-2

               Checklist for Surface Water Releases
                                                    0' ' '£;>. POLICY DIRECTIVE NO.

                                                   9 50 2  • 00-5   *2
o  Unit Design and Physical  Condition


      Are engineered features (e.g., run-off control  systems)
      designed to prevent releases from the unit)?


   -  Does the operational  history of the unit indicate that a
      release has taken place (e.g., old, closed or inactive unit,
      not inspected regularly, improperly maintained)?


      Does the physical  condition of the unit indicate that re-
      leases may have occurred (  e.g., cracks or stress fractures
      in tanks or erosion of earthen dikes of surface impound-
      ments ) ?
o  .Release Migration Potential
      Does the slope of the facility and intervening terrain
      indicate potential  for release?
      Could surface run-off from the unit reach the nearest
      downgradient surface water body?
      Is the intervening terrain characterized by soils and
      vegetation that allow overland migration (  e.g., clayey
      soils, and sparse vegetation)?
      Does data on one-year 24-hour rainfall  indicate the poten^
      tial for area storms to cause surface water or surface
      drainage contamination as a result of run-off?
                               6-17

-------
                       EXHIBIT 6-2  (cont.)

               Checklist  for Surface Water  Releases
o  Waste Characteristics
      Is the volume of discharge  high  relative  to  the  size and
      flow rate of the surface water body?
      Do constituents in  the  discharge  tend  to  sorb  to  sediments
      (e.g., metals)?
      Do constituents in the discharge tend  to  be  transported
       downstream?
      Do waste constituents exhibit moderate or high characteristics
      of persistence (e.g., PCBs,  dioxins,  etc.)?


      Do waste constituents exhibit .moderate or high characteristics
      of toxi city' (e.g. ,  metal s ,. chl ori nated pest-icides,  etc.)?
o  Evidence of Release
       Is there direct evidence (e.g., sampling data;  observed
       contaminated run-off)?
      Is there indirect evidence (e.g., discolored soil, dead
      vegetation )?
                               6-18

-------
                          CHAPTER  SEVEN              9502«00»5

                               AIR
I.   INTRODUCTION

A.   Purpose

     This chapter provides  technical  information  to  support  the
investigation of air releases  during  the  RFA.   While Chapters  Two
Three, and Four provide general  guidance  on  conducting  an  RFA,
this chapter focuses on specific factors  unique to  the  air medium
that should be considered  by the investigator.

     In investigating the  potential  for air  releases during  the
RFA, the investigator should focus  his/her attention on operating
units.  Operating waste management  units  have  the greatest poten-
tial for air releases because  they  actively  expose  wastes  to the
air on a continuous  basis.   In investigating air  releases, EPA
personnel should take safety precautions  in  order to reduce  their
exposure to on-site  emissions.  Safety precautions  are  discussed
in Chapter Four.

     Wastewater treatment  units, such as  those  in treatment
trains regulated by  NPOES,  can cause  significant  volatile  air
emissions.  The investigator should  address  potential air  releases
from these units in  the RFA.

     This chapter is organized to reflect the  separate  phases  of
the RFA process:

     o  Conducting a preliminary review of existing  information;
     o  Conducting a visual  site inspection;
     o  Collecting additional  sampling information  in a SV;  and
     o  Making release determi nat i o'ns .

     The first section describes the  technical  factors  that  should
be considered during the PR and VSI.   The second  section  describes
the technical approach to  obtaining  additional  -sampling information
in the SV for air, and should  be consulted along  with Chapter
Four on conducting a SV.  The  final  section  discusses factors  to
consider when making air release determinations at  the  end of  the
RFA.  This section also presents options  for further investigation
of air releases to be evaluated at  the end of  the RFA.

-------
II.    CONDUCTING  A  PRELIMINARY  REVIEW  AND  VISUAL
      SITE  INSPECTION  OF  AIR  RELEASE POTENTIAL

      This  section  presents technical  information  related  specifi-
 cally to  the  air pathway to  be considered  when conducting  the  PR
 and  VSI.   Accordingly, this  section has been organized  to  reflect
 the  primary  goals  of  these phases  of  the  RFA described  in  Chapters
 Two  and  Three:

      o  Identifying  and  describing potential threats  to  air  at
         RCRA  facilities; and

      o  Making  a preliminary assessment of the need for  a  SV or
         other actions at these facilities.

      This  section  presents technical  information  specific  to the
 air  pathway  covering  the five  types of  information  described in
 Exhibit  1-1,  and technical information  to  help the  investigator
 determine  when  additional  sampling will be necessary  in  a  SV to
 identify  air  releases.   We will  discuss these six types  of  infor-
 mat i on separately:

      (1)   Unit  characteristics;

      (2)   Waste  characteristics;

      (3)   Pollutant  migration  pathways;

      (4)   Evidence  of release;     "    '       -

      (5)   Exposure  potential;  and

      (6)   Determining the need for additional sampling  information.

 This  information is  relevant to the evaluation of written  documents
 in the PR  and information gathered in the  VSI.

 A.   Unit  Characteristics
      The design and operating  characteristics ~o~f  a  SWMU  will
 determine to a great extent their potential  for  releasing  hazardous
 constituents to air.  While the investigator should evaluate  all
 SWMUs for air releases,  including NPDES units,  the  investigation
 should focus on operating units.   As  previously  mentioned,  opera-
 ting units have the greatest potential  for air  releases  because
 they actively expose wastes to the air  on  a  continuous  basis.
 Wastes in closed, inactive units  will  have a lower  potential  to
 cause air releases.  There may be some  exposure  to  the  air  if  a
 cover has eroded or broken down,  but  air releases resulting from
 these situations are likely to be negligible (i.e., undetectaule).

      When assessing the  potential for releases,  the key  factors
 to examine include:
                                7-2

-------
                                                   3502.00-5

     0  Unit size.  The size of a unit determines  the  mass  of
        potential  contaminants available for release.   Volatil-
        ization rates are likely to be larger from open units
        (e.g., surface impoundments and open tanks)  with large
        surface areas.

     o  Purpose of the unit (treatment, storage ,  or  disposal ).
        In general, units in which active treatmentis  occurring
        have the greatest potential for air  releases.   In many
        cases, treatment is designed to promote  volatilization  of
        constituents.  In other cases, this  is  not the  main
        purpose of the treatment method in use.   However, the
        resultant  mixing and movement of wastes  leads  to high
        volatilization rates.

     o  Design of  the unit.  Units in which  wastes are  in direct
        contact with the atmosphere have a higher  potential  for
        releases than closed or covered units.

     o  Current operational status.  The nature  of air  releases
        is such that the majority of the mass available for
        release will be released shortly after  the waste is
        placed in  the unit.  Thus, as mentioned,  operating  units
        are of greater concern than closed units.   This is  par-
        ticularly  true for unit types and wastes  for which  vola-
        tilization is important.  Units with potential  particulate
        releases may continue  to release contaminants  well  after
        cl osure , ' especi al ly if the unit has  been  poorly maintained..

     o  Unit specific factors.  There are specific design and oper-
        ational factors associated with each unit  type  which  are
        useful in  evaluating the potential for  release.  These
        factors are summarized in Exhibit 7-1.

In addition' to considering the individual  unit  sizes,  the investi-
gator should be aware of the toita1  area used for  solid  waste
management at a facility.  Although individual  units may have
undetectable releases, the total release from a  facility can  be
significant.  Exhibit 7-1 lists specific considerations for  par-
ticularly important unit types.

     In assessing  a unit's potential  for air release,  the inves-
tigator should be  aware of the importance of interactions between
the various unit characteristics listed above and  the  character-
istics of the wastes placed in the unit.  It is  important to
examine how-these  two factors  combine to result  in an  air release.
For example, a facility may have several large  operating surface
impoundments, suggesting a potential  for large  air releases.
However, if the facility is a  steel manufacturer  treating only
spent pickle liquor in these ponds, it is unlikely any  air
release will occur because the hazardous constituents  in the
waste are non-volatile, soluble metals.
                               7-3

-------
                           EXHIBIT  7-1

                 UNIT POTENTIAL  FOR  AIR  RELEASES
                    AND MECHANISMS  OF  RELEASE
Unit Type
Characteristics and Mechanisms of Release
Operating Surface
Impoundments
   Wastes directly exposed to atmosphere
   promotes vapor phase emissions
   Large surface areas and shallow depths
   promote increased volatilization
   Mechanical  treatment methods (such as
   aeration) increase volatilization
Open Roofed Tanks
   Wastes directly exposed to atmosphere
   (promotes vapor phase emissions)
   Mechanical  treatment or frequent mixing
   will increase volatilization
tandfil 1s
   Volatilization of vapor phase constituents
   through the sub-surface and daily/permanent
   cover
   Poor or no daily cover increases volatili-
   zation ,                                . j^
   Open trench fill operations allow direct^P
   exposure of waste to atmosphere
   Volatile gases transported by convection
   of biogenic gases released via routine
   landfill venting (particularly important
   in sanitary/hazardous mixed fills)
   Particulate releases generated by machinery
   during filling operations
   Particulate releases due to wind erosion  of
   cover and/or exposed wastes
Land Treatment Units
   Wastes normally in direct contact with
   atmosphere
   Application techniques which maximize waste
   contact with atmosphere, such as surface
   spreading or spray irrigation promote
   increased volatilization
   Particulate releases due to wind erosion
                               7-4

-------
                     EXHIBIT 7-1 (Continued)

                 UNIT POTENTIAL FOR AIR RELEASES
                    AND MECHANISMS OF RELEASE
                                                    0502,00-5
Unit type


Waste Piles
Characteristics and Mechanisms of Release
   Participate emissions from uncovered
   waste piles
   Location of waste pile in open area with
   no erosion protection promotes particulate
   generati on
   Waste handling activities on and around
   pile increase emissions
   Volatile emissions are likely to be rare,
   but can occur based on waste composition
 Drum  Sto rage Areas
   Vaporization from drums frequently left
   open to atmosphere or from poorly sealed
   drums
   Vapor emissions from areas containing
   leaking drums
•C'overed Tanks
o  Volatile releases from pressure vesting,
   poorly sealed access ports, or improperly
   operated and maintained valves and seals.
 Inci nerators
o  Stack emissions of particulates
o  Stack emissions of volatile constituents
   High temperatures may cause volatilization
   of low vapor pressure organics and metals
o  Volatile releases via malfunctioning valves
   during incinerator charging
 Non-RCRA Wastewater
 Treatment Ponds and
 Tanks
   Low concentration wastes may volatilize
   due to large surface area and active waste
   treatment.  Releases can be significant
   due to generally large treatment
   capaci ti es
 Other  Design and
 Operating  Practices
   Inadequate spill collection systems promote
   intermittent air releases
   Lack of vapor collection systems for use
   during container/tank cleaning operations
   Absence of dust suppression or particulate
   control measures
                                7-5

-------
     The following section discusses the waste and constituent-
specific factors the investigator should consider in assessing a
waste's potential  to release airborne constituents.

B.   Waste Characteristics

     Only certain  hazardous constituents have a significant
potential for air  releases.  This section identifies these con-
stituents and the  factors  that  affect their  release.  The  physical
form of the waste  contained in  a solid waste management  unit  will
determine to a great extent the potential  for air releases from
the unit.  Wastes  may be solid, dilute aqueous solutions,  dilute
organic solutions, or concentrated solutions.

     Air releases  from solid wastes, such as those placed  in
landfills or waste piles,  will  be governed by different  principles
than govern releases from  liquid wastes.  The two types  of
emissions of greatest concern are:

     (1) volati1es ;  and

     (2) particulates.

We discuss below the characteristics that affect  the potential
for each type of emission.  These characteristics are summarized
in Exhibit 7-2,  which outlines  the likely unit types and appro-
priate . parameters  to consider when evaluating airborae releases
from d-ifferent types of waste'streams (e.g., whether the release
will be volatile or  particulate).  The investigator  may  find  it
useful  to consider these factors if he/she is uncertain  about  the
potential for constituents to release, based solely  on unit charac'
teristics and the  lists of constituents of concern for vapor-phase
and particulate  emissions  provided in Exhibits 7-3 and 7-4.   A
potential use of this information on the factors  that effect  the
potential for air  releases would be to use it to  help support  the
investigator in  determining that certain units will  not  have  air
releases.

1 •   Volatile Emissions

     Volatile constituents of concern for air releases include
organic vapors and volatile metals (e.g., arsenic and mercury).
Exhibit 7-3 lists  a  select number of hazardous chemical  compounds
which EPA's Office of Air  Quality Planning and Standards  (OAQPS)
considers to be  of prime concern with respect to  vapor phase  air
releases.  The table also  lists the RCRA waste codes for waste
streams that contain these constituents to aid in their  iden-i-
fication.  While these wastes are of primary concern, many other
wastes  have the  potential  co volatilize.  Therefore, where there
is a large quantity  of waste, the investigator should address
both total volatile  organic compounds (VOC)  emissions as well  as
emissions of the specific  compounds listed in Exhibit 7-3.

     The concentration of  specific constituents in each  unit  is
another factor governing the potential for air releases.   The


                               7-6

-------
                                  EXHIBIT  7-2
                                                            8502.00-?    2
              PARAMETERS AND MEASURES  FOR  USE  IN  EVALUATING.
          POTENTIAL AIR RELEASES  OF  HAZARDOUS  WASTE CONSTITUENTS
    Emission and Waste Type

A. Vapor Phase Emissions

   -- Dilute Aqueous  Solution^/
Units or Concern1/
Surface Imp.,
Tanks, Containers
   -- Cone. Aqueous Solution^/      Tanks, Containers,
                           "~      Surface  Imp.
   — Immiscible Liquid
   -- Solid
Containers, Tanks
Landfills, Waste
Piles, Land Trt.
8. Particulate Emissions

   — Solid
Landfills, Waste
Piles, Land Trt.
Useful Parameters
   and Measures
Solubility,
Vapor Pressure,
Partial  Pressure,^/
Henry's Law

Solubility,
Vapor Pressure,
Partial  Pressure,
Raoults Law

Vapor Pressure,
Partial  Pressure

Vapor Pressure,
Partial  Pressure,
Octanol/Water
Partition Coeff.
Particle Size
Distribution,
Site Activities,
Management Methods
        V  Incinerators  are not  specifically  listed on this table be-
   cause of the unique issues concerning  air emissions from these
   units.  Incinerators can  burn  all  the  forms of waste listed in this
   table.  The potential  for release  from these units is  primarily a
   function of incinerator operating  conditions and emission controls,
   rather than waste characteristics.

        £/  Although the  octanol/water  partition coefficient of a con-
   stituent is usually not an important characteristic in these waste
   streams, there are conditions  where  it can  be critical.  Specific-
   ally, in waste containing high concentrations of organic particu-
   lates, constituents with  high  octanol/water partition  coefficients
   will  adsorb to the particulates.   They will  become part of the sludge
   or sediment matrix, rather than volatilizing from the  unit.

        2/  Applicable to mixtures of volatile components.
                                      7-7

-------
                                  EXHIBIT 7-3
              HAZARDOUS CONSTITUENTS OF'CONCERN AS VAPOR RELEASES
  Hazardous Constituent

Acet aldehyde
Acrolein
Acrylonitrile
Al lylchloride
Benzene
Benzyl chloride
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chlorobenzene
Chloroform

Chloroprene
Creosols
Cumene (isopropylbenzene)
1,4-dichlorobenzene
1,2-dichloroethane
Oichloromethane
Dioxin
Epichlorohydrin
Ethyl benzene   ,
Ethylene  oxide
Formaldehyde
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Hydrogen  cyanide
             RCRA Waste Codes
K001,11001
K012
K011,K012,K013,U009
F024,F025
F024,F025,K001,K014,K019,K083,K085,K103,K105
K015,K085,P028
FOQ1,F024,F025,KQ16,K016,K020,K021,K073,U211
F001 ,F002,F024,F025,K015,K016,K085,K105
F002,F024,F025,K009,K010,K016,K019,K020,K073,
K021.K029.U044 .
F024,F025
F004tU052
U055
F002,F024,F025,K016,K085,K105,U072
K018,K019,K020,K029,K030,K096,F024,F025,U077
F001,F002,F024,F025,K009,K010,K021,U080
F020,F021,F022,F023,F028
K017,K019,K020,U041
F003
U115
K009,K010,K038,K040,U122
F024tF025,K040,K016,K018,K030,U128
F024,F025,K032,K033,K034,U130
F007,F009,F010,K013,K060
                                       7-8

-------
                                                               vo,,La ruLILT O'i.XcCTIVE NO,
                               EXHIBIT 7-3 (cont.)           950 2  . 00- 5   -
              HAZARDOUS CONSTITUENTS OF CONCERN AS VAPOR RELEASES
  Hazardous Constituent
Hydrogen flouride
Hydrogen sulfide
Maleic anhydride
Methyl acetate
N-Dimethylnitrosamine
Naphthalene
Nitrobenzene
Ni trosomorpholine
Phenol
Phosgene
Phthalic anhydride
Polychlorinated biphenyls
   Aroclor 1242
   Aroclor 1248
   Aroclor 1254
   Aroclor 1260
Propylene oxide
1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1-trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Vinylchloride
Vinylidenechloride
Xylenes
            RCRA Waste Codes
K023.K093.U147

U100
F024 ,F025,K001,K035.K060.K087,U165
F004,K025,K083,K103,U169

K001,K022,K087,U188
P095
K016,K023,K024,K093,K094,U190
K085
F024,F025,K016,K019,K020,K021,K030,K095,K096,U209
F001,F002,F024,F025,K016,K018,K109,K020,K021,U210
F005 ,F024,F025,K015,K036,K037,U220
F001,F002,F024,F025,K019,K020,K028,K029,K073,K095,
K096.U226
F001,F002,F024,F025,K016,K018,K019,K020,U228
K019 ,K020,K023,K029,K028,F024,F025,U043
F003,F025,K019,K020,F024,K029,U078
F020.U239
                                      7-9

-------
                          EXHIBIT 7-4



  HAZARDOUS CONSTITUENTS OF CONCERN AS PARTICULATE RELEASES
Hazardous Constituent
   Arsen ic
          RCRA Waste Codes
0000,0004, K060,K021,K084,P010,



P011.P012
   Asbestos
U013
   Beryllium
0000,0006,P015
   Cadmi urn
0000,0006, F006,F007,F008,F009,



F061.F062, F064,F065,F067,F068,F069
   Chromi urn
0000,0007, F006,F007,F008,F009;F002,



F064,F069,F086,
   Lead
DOOO,D008,F006,F009,K003,K044,K048,



K052,K061,K062,K064,K069 K086.P110
   Mercury
0008.K071.K106
   Nickel
F006,F007,F008,F009
                             7-10

-------
                                                               1 "- nv.
higher the concentration of a particular constitireftrpesd- 5
in a unit, the greater is its potential  for air  release.   However,
the intrinsic potential  for a constituent to volatilize depends
on chemical  and physical properties  that vary greatly between
different constituents.   Accordingly,  a  highly concentrated
solution of one constituent may result in a lower release potential
than a dilute concentration of another constituent.

     Constituent-specific physical  and chemical  parameters  are
yery important indicators of the potential  for a vapor-phase
release.  The parameters most important  when assessing the  vola-
tilization of a constituent include  the  following:

     o  Water solubility.  The solubility in water  indicates the
        maximum concentration at which a constituent  can  dissolve
        in water at a given temperature.  This value  can  help
        the investigator estimate the  distribution  of a constituent
        between the dissolved aqueous  phase in the  unit and the
        undissolved solid or immiscible  liquid phase.  Considered
        in combination with the constituent's vapor  pressure, it
        can provide a relative assessment of the potential  magni-
        tude of volatilization of a  constituent  from  an aqueous
        env1ronment.

     o  Vapor pressure.   Vapor pressure  measures the  pressure of
        vapor in equilibrium with a  pure liquid.  It  is best used
        in .a relative sense; constituents with high  vapor pres-
        sures are more likely to have  releases than  those with
       . low vapor pressures, depending on 'other, factors such as
        relative solubility and concentrations (i.e.  at high
       • concentrations releases can  occur even though a
       -constituent's vapor pressure is  relatively  low).

     o  Octanol/water partition coefficient.  The octanol/water
        partition coefficient indicates  the tendency  of an  organic
        constituent to sorb to organic constituents  in the  soil
        or waste matrices of a unit.  Vapors with high octanol/
        water partition  coefficients will adsorb readily  to organic
        carbon, rather than volatilizing to the  atmosphere.  This
        is particularly  important in landfills and  land treatment
        units, where  high organic carbon contents in  soils  or
        cover material can significantly reduce  the  release
        potential vapor  phase constituents.

     o  Partial pressure.  For constituents in a mixture, particu-
        larly i n a solid matrix, the partial pressure of  a  consti-
        tuent will be more significant than the  pure  vapor  pressure
        In general, the  greater the  partial pressure, the greater
        the potential for release.   Partial pressures will  be
        difficult to  obtain.  However, when waste characterization
        data is available partial pressures can  be  estimated
        using methods commonly found in  engineering  and environ-
        mental science handbooks.
                               7-11

-------
     o  Henry's  Law constant.   Henry's  law constant  is  the  ratio
        of the vapor pressure  of  a  constituent  and  its  aqueous
        solubility  (at  equilibrium).   It  can  be  used  to assess
        the relative ease with which  the  compound may be  removed
        from the aqueous  phase via  vaporization.   It  is accurate
        only when used  concerning low concentration  wastes  in
        aqueous  solution.  Thus it  will  be most  useful  when  the
        unit being  assessed is a  surface  impoundment  or tank con-
        taining  dilute  wastewaters.  Generally,  when  the  value  of
        Henry's  Law constant  is less  than  10E-7  atm-nH  the  consti-
        tuent will  not  volatilize from  water.   As the value  in-
        creases  the potential  for significant  vaporization  increas-
        es, and  when it is greater  than  10E-3  rapid  volatilization
        wil1 occur.

     o  R a o u 11's Law -   Raoult's  Law  can  be used  to  predict  re-
        leases from concentrated  aqueous  solutions  (i.e.  solutions
        over 10% solute).  This will  be  most  useful  when  the unit
        of concern  entails container  storage,  tank  storage,  or
        treatment of concentrated waste  streams.

     For solid wastes,  imiscible  liquids,  and  wastes  disposed  of
in landfills, land  treatment,  or  waste  piles,  there  are no  simple
measures that can be used to  assess the  potential  for volatiliza-
tion of a constituent.   The investigator  will  need  to consider  the
appropriate chemical, physical, and unit  parameters,  and  then  use
his/her best judgment in  determining  the  potential  for  release.

2-   Particulate Emissions '   .

     Exhibit 7-4 lists  hazardous  constituents  that  are  of special
concern for particulate air releases.  Particulate  emissions from
solid waste management  units  can  contain  organic  material,  heavy
metals, or both.  The heavy metals  shown  in Exhibit  7-4 are  pre-
dominantly associated with particulate  releases,  although both
arsenic and mercury may be present  as vapor phase  releases  due  to
their relatively high vapor pressures.   Similarly,  the  organic
compounds shown  in  Exhibit 7-3 may also be found  adsorbed or bound
to soil and/or other particulate  matter releases.

     In general, there  will be fewer  facilities with  particulate
emissions.  However, at some facilities particulate  emissions  may
be very significant (e.g., discharges from a  lead  smelter)  and
threaten the safety of  on-site workers  and EPA personnel  during  a
site visit..

     The likelihood of  particulate releases at hazardous  waste
management  facilities is generally associated with  landfills,
land treatment units and/or waste piles.   The potential for
particulate releases is governed by different parameters  than
those that affect vapor-phase releases.

     For particulate releases, the size distribution of the
particles  in the'release plays an important role in  both
dispersion and actual exposure.  Large particles will settle out


                               7-12

-------
                                                 9502.00-5
of the air more rapidly than small  particles,  thus  they will  not
travel as far off-site or be diluted as much  by dispersion.   Very
small  particles (i.e., those that  are less  than 5 microns  in
diameter), are considered to be respirable  and thus present  a
greater health hazard than larger  particles.   The investigator
should examine the source of the particulate  emissions to  obtain
information on particle size.

     The primary mechanism for generating particulate  releases at
hazardous waste facilities is wind  erosion.   In general,  the
unit's location will  affect the potential for  the wind to  erode
wastes in the unit.   The unit's location and  orientation  with
respect to the prevailing winds and large structures  on-site  will
determine the unit's  vulnerability  to wind  erosion  and the poten-
tial  for particulate  releases.  Agency personnel  should determine
the location of SWMUs of concern with respect  to  prevailing  winds
and the use of wind  screens (both  natural and  man-made) and  daily
covers to determine  the unit's vulnerability  to wind  erosion.

C .   P_ol 1 utant _Mi g_rati on Pathway

     The investigator should identify the migration route(s)  for
potential air releases in order to  identify:

     o  The locations along the route where  target  populations
        may be exposed to the release; and

     o  Locations  to-sample for. evidence of  release (e.g., south
        or north'edge of the unit), where no  evidence  of  release
        exists, but  the irivestigator believes, based  on unit  an'd
        waste characteristics, that releases  may  occur.

     In identifying  air pollutant  migration  pathways,  the  investi-
gator should determine the direction of the  prevailing winds
around the facility,  and characterize the geography (e.g., narrow
valleys and urban  areas containing  large buildings, or artificial
canyons) along the wind pathway.  Using this  information,  he/she
should be able to  identify upwind  and downwind sampling locations
and target populations that may be  exposed  to  air releases along
their migration route.

     The investigator may be able  to obtain  some  of this  information
from local weather data bases as part of the  PR.   Most of  this
information, however, will probably be collected  during the  VSI.

D.   Evidence of Release

     The investigator should examine any available  sources of
information to identify evidence that constituents  have been
released to the air  at a facility  in a proportion that poses  an
actual or potential  threat to human health  and the  environment.
General considerations on how to look for evidence  of  release are
discussed in Chapters Two and Three.
                               7-13

-------
     Direct evidence of  air  releases  will  include  the  following:

     o  Air sampling/monitoring  data  associated  with  a particular
        unit (e.g.,  samples  taken  from above  a  NPOES  unit;  moni-
        toring data  required under a  Clean Air  Act  permit);

     o  Visual evidence  of  particulate releases  from  a unit;

     Indirect evidence of release  includes the  following:

     o  Evidence of  contamination  around  the  facility  that  may  have
        resulted from an air release  (e.g., accumulated particulate
        emissions from a smoke stack  or 1andfi11/waste pile);

     o  On-site air  monitoring data gathered  under  the OSHA  program;

     o  Records of citizen  complaints associated with  the  facility
        concerning odors, headaches,  nausea,  or  observed particulate
        releases.

     During the viusal  site  inspection, the investigator should
identify any evidence that  hazardous  constituents  have released
or are continuing to release from  SWMUs at the  facility to  the
air.  During the visual  site inspection he/she  should  confirm  the
presence of units of concern and look for evidence  of  particulate
emissions from units.  Although  the investigator may  occasionally
smell  vapor-phase relea-ses,  in most cases, these  releases  will  be
difficult to identify without samples.  Procedures  for col 1ecting
additional  sampling  information  are discussed in  Section III.

E.   Exposu re Potenti a 1

     The investigator should evaluate available  information  on
the location, number, and characteristics of  potential receptors
that could  be affected by air releases at the facility.  Human
receptors are of primary concern for  air  releases.   Potential
receptor information will be used  primarily in  helping the  inves-
tigator determine the need for interim corrective  measures  at  the
facility in order to address instances of air contamination
posing especially high risks of  exposure.

     Population density and distance  from the source  are the pri-
mary factors in determining the  significance of a  potential
exposure.  Distance should be measured from the unit(s) containing
the waste  rather than from the facility boundary,  although  total
facility emissions from all  SWMUs  should also be  kept  in mind.
Most importantly, the investigator should consider the density of
the population  residing near the site, as well  as  transients such
as workers  in factories, offices,  restaurants,  models, or students

     The most significant exposure potential  will  occur in situa-
tions when  there is a high population density very close to the
site.  However, because concentrations can be quite high, even
low density populations in such close proximity to the site are
                               7-14

-------
of concern.  Dispersion can  significantly  reduce  concentrations
as distance from a site increases.   Thus,  the  significance  of
high population density at larger distances  from  the  site is
reduced.

     The  investigator needs  to consider the  relationship  between
distance, concentration, and population density in  evaluating  the
significance of an exposure  potential.   An additional  factor  to
consider  is the population located  along the line of  the  most
predominant wind direction at a site.   Because the  RFA is pri-
marily concerned with continuous releases, populations located
along this line downwind of  the site are more  likely  to receive
significant exposures than populations  located along  other  vectors.

     If the investigator determines that units at a facility  are
releasing large volumes of unsaturated  hydrocarbons,  he/she may
need to consider population  density over a much larger area.
These constituents contribute to the formation of photochemical
smog and  ozone, which, in combination  with other  regional pollu-
tant releases, can cause significant exposures over a wide
geograph i c area .

F.   Determining the Need for Additional Samp!ing Information

     If the investigator determines, based on  his inspection  of
the unit, that there is a significant  potential for the unit  to
be releasing substantial quantities of  .volatile constituents  and
in consideration of the proximity of receptors, he/she may  choose
to sample to determine conclusively whether  an air  release  is
occurring which merits further investigation.   We discuss in  this
section:

     (1)   General  information on factors to  consider  in determining
          the need for additional sampling information; and

     (2)   Factors  to consider in selecting sampling parameters.

1.   General Information on  Determining the  Need  for  Sampling

     The  investigator should use his/her best  professional  judgment
in determining when a unit may be releasing  hazardous constituents
to the air.  In some situations, a  unit may  exhibit a strong  poten-
tial for  air releases, based upon unit  and waste  characteristics,
but the investigator wants to confirm  this with additional  data.
This may  be necessary in situations where  the  owner/operator  has
not cooperated with EPA, and he/she may contest an  EPA request to
conduct further investigations by denying  the  presence of air
releases.
                               7-15

-------
2.   Selection of Sampling  Parameters

     In selecting sampling  parameters,  the  investigator  should
consider those constituents he/she  believes  to  be  of concern  at
the facility.   These constituents  are  discussed in  detail  earlier
in this chapter.   In general,  the  investigator  will  be  able  to
confirm a release when  one  constituent  has  been shown  to release,
and therefore, the number of parameters considered  should  be  as
limited as possible.

     In many cases,  the investigator will  be  able  to confirm  or
deny the presence of an air release by  sampling for  VOCs with an
indicator device.  However, these  devices  can miss  episodic  re-
leases.  These devices  (e.g.,  OVA  and  HNU)  measure  the  concentra-
tion of volatile  organics in the  air,  and  thus  provide  a screening
level  technique for  identifying  releases.   These sampling  methods
are discussed  further in Section  III.


III. OBTAINING ADDITIONAL SAMPLING  INFORMATION

     This section presents  technical  information related specifically
to air releases to be considered  when  collecting additional
sampling information in the SV.   The information presented here
should be used to help  the  investigator meet  one of  the  primary
goalsoftheSV:

     o  To collect.additional  sampling  information  to  fill data
        gaps identified in  the RR  and  VSI,  leading  towards final
        release determinations.

     For each  sampling  method  discussed, this  section  describes:
1) the general kinds of situations  in  which  it  will  be  appropriate
to employ a specific technique,  2)  technical  information on  how
to conduct the sampling, and 3)  specific details to  be  considered
when evaluating the  sampling results.   This  section  does not
provide the actual SOPs on  sampling techniques  here, although it
does reference the relevant manuals where  possible.

     The choice of appropriate sampling methods will have  a  large
impact on the cost and  usefulness  of the SV.   The investigator
should be confident  when developing and reviewing the  sampling
plan that the procedures chosen  will meet  the needs  of  the RFA,
while not resulting  in  the collection  of unnecessary data.

     We describe several sampling  techniques  that will  be  appro-
priate for identifying  air releases during the  RFA:

     (1)  Indicator techniques (OVA and HNU);

     (2)  Draeger tubes; and

     (3)  Monitoring stations  with Tenax tubes.
                               7-16

-------
1.   Indicator Techniques (OVA and HNU)
                                                   *w-tn ruLlOT UIKtCTlVt N

                                                  9502,0(H5
     The most common air sampling technique will  Involve  the use
of portable air monitoring  instruments  which measure  total  organic
constituents present in the air at the  sampling point.   The two
most commonly used devices  are the organic  vapor  analyzer (OVA),
and the HNU photoionization detector.   The  OVA detects  the  pres-
ence of organic compounds  in air with  a flame ionization  detector,
while the HNU detects  organic compounds with a photoionization
detector.   While these units provide  somewhat different  results,
this discussion will be limited to the  HNU; most  of the discussion
will be applicable to  use  of the OVA.

     The HNU provides  the  investigator  with a quick and simple
method for determining the  presence of  organic compounds  in the
air, and for providing a general indication of their  magnitude.
When evaluating the likelihood of releases  at wastewater  treatment
tanks, the investigator should hold the HNU as close  as possible
to the unit and wait for the meter to  equilibrate.   The instrument
provides a reading of  organic vapor concentration in  terms  of
parts per million.

     The investigator  should be aware  that  both of  these  instruments
are calibrated to measure  accurately only one volatile  constituent:
the HNU is calibrated  for  benzene, while the OVA  is calibrated
for methane.  Thus, when encountering  other organic constituents,
the meter may indicate either higher or lower concentrations of
that constituent than  are  actually present.  The  investigator
should consider' that these  instruments  provide general  indications
on the presence of volatile organics,  not quantitative  evidence.
However, an HNU indication  of organic  vapors at a site  may  be
sufficient to compel further investigations at that unit.

2.   Draeger Tubes

     When the investigator  seeks more  detailed information  on the
presence of organic constituents in the air, Oraeger  tubes  can  be
useful for measuring specific constituents.'  This sampling  tech-
nique shares the advantage  of the HNU  and OVA in  that  Oraeger
tubes are a portable,  field technique,  which does not  require
laboratory analysis.

     Oraeger tubes contain  a sorbent material encased  in  a  small
glass tube, through which  an air sample is  pulled with  a  hand-
held pump.  The sorbent material has been chemically-treated
to turn a co-lor when the specific constituent of  concern  is
present in the air.  The length of the  stained material indicates
the concentration of the constituent in the air;  the  tube contains
a calibrated scale for reading concentration in parts  per million
directly off of the tube.
                               7-17

-------
     Draeger tubes have several  advantages  over the  indicator
techniques discuss-ed above.   Because they are constituent-specific,
they provide a better indication of the  toxicity posed  by an  air
release.  They also will  provide a more  accurate measurement  of
the constituents of concern,  since there is no problem  based  upon
the calibration to one constituent.  However, Draeger  tubes  are
not available for all volatile constituents of concern.   They are
also slightly more difficult  to use, in  that the investigator
should carry around Draeger  tubes for each  of the potential
constituents or vapor classes of concern at the site.   Still,
they should be considered extremely portable.

3.   Monitoring Stations  with Tenax Tubes

     In some situations,  the  investigator may find it  necessary
to install a stationary monitoring station  for making  more quan-
titative determinations of air releases  at  a site.  This  air
monitoring will involve the  use of Tenax tubes to collect organic
constituents, and subsequent  laboratory  analysis of  these
constituents with a GC/MS.  This sampling technique  will  seldom
be necessary during the RFA,  primarily due  to its technical
difficulty, and because the  simpler techniques described  here
will generally provide sufficiently useful  results.

     The investigator should  consult with qualified  professionals
familiar with the use of  air  monitoring  devices, when  he/she
believes that more quantitative evidence of a release  will be
necessary in the RFA.         '           •           •


IV.  MAKING RELEASE DETERMINATIONS

     The final task in the RFA process is to make determinations
of release potential throughout the facility and to  make  recommen-
dations for further action to address these potential  releases.
This section summarizes information that the investigator should
consider when making release  determinations in the air  pathway.

     Chapter Four presents the general procedure to  be  followed
when making release determinations during the RFA.  This  involves:

     o  Evaluating sampling  results from the SV;

     o  Integrating facility  information gathered in the  PR and
        the ,VSI;

     o  Determining the likelihood of release at the facility; and

     o  Making recommendations concerning the need for further
        i nvesti gati ons .
                               7-18

-------
                                                9502.00-5   -
     The investigator should  rely  upon  his/her  best  professional   *
judgment when making  release  determinations  in  the  air  pathway.
In order to make a release  determination,  the  investigator  will
probably have to demonstrate  that  a  unit  of  concern  contains
constituents that have a  potential  for  vapor-phase  or particulate
release.  In most cases,  this information  on constituent  release
potential  along with  some indirect  evidence  of  release  (e.g.,
odors, observed particulate releases,  facility-wide  sampling
data) will  prove sufficient to make  an  adequate release determin-
ation.  However, in certain cases,  it  will be  necessary to  obtain
existing or new direct evidence of  release that links constituents
identified  through sampling with constituents  in  the unit.

     Exhibit 7-5 is a checklist that  should  help  the investigator
evaluate specific factors to  identify  air  releases.  In identifying
releases,  the investigator  should  consider types  of  information
presented  in Exhibit  1-1, which are  highlighted in  the  checklist.
                               7-19

-------
                         EXHIBIT 7-5

                  CHECKLIST FOR AIR RELEASES
o  Unit Characteristics

      Is the unit operating and  does  it expose wastes  to the
      atmosphere?

      Does the surface area of the unit create create  a  potential
      for air release?


o  Does the unit contain waste that exhibits  a potential for
   vapor phase release?

      Does the unit contain hazardous constituents of  concern as
      vapor releases?


o  Does the unit contain waste and exhibit site conditions  that
   suggest a potential for particulate release?

      Does the unit contain hazardous constituents of  concern as
      particulate releases?     '   •        .-

      Do constituents of concern as particulate releases {e.g.,
      smaller, inhalable particulates) have potential  for release
      via wind erosion, reentrainment by moving vehicles, or
      operational activities?


o  Evidence of Air Release

      Is there direct evidence of  release from the unit  (e.g.,
      air sampling data; observed  particulate releases)?

      Is there indirect evidence of release from the unit (e.g.,
      evidence of contamination around the facility that may have
      resulted from an air release; OSHA monitoring data; citizen
      compliants regarding health  problems, odors, or  observed
      particulate releases)?
                             7-20

-------
                                                   y 5u 2. oo- s  2*
                          CHAPTER  EIGHT

                          SUBSURFACE  GAS


I.   INTRODUCTION

A.   Purpose

     This chapter provides technical  information  to  support  the
investigation of releases  of subsurface  gas  during  the  RFA.
While Chapters Two, Three, and Four provide  general  guidance  on
conducting RFAs, this chapter focuses on  specific  factors  unique
to subsurface gas releases that should be considerd  by  the inves-
ti gator.

B.   Scope

     In the RFA, investigators should determine  whether releases
of subsurface gas have occurred at a  facility.   In  general,  EPA's
primary concern is to determine whether  there  are  gas  releases
that could reach explosive levels  in  on-site or  off-site buildings.
Therefore, the primary constituent of concern  in  the  subsurface
gas investigation is methane, due  to  its  explosive  properties  and
frequency of detection in  subsurface  gas.

     As with other media,  the investigations that  may  be required
'in an RFI to determine the nature  and extent of  subsurface gas
releases  will be very resource intensive  .for both  the  owner/operator"
and for the Agency.  Therefore, the investigator  should also
identify  in the RFA those  units/facilities  that  do  not  require
further investigation for  subsurface  gas  releases.

     This chapter has been organized  to  reflect  the  separate
phases of the RFA process:

     o  Making a preliminary assessment  of  subsurface  gas
        releases in the PR ;
     o  Obtaining evidence in a VSI;
     o  Collecting additional sampling information  in  a SV;  and
     o  Making release determinations.

     The  first section describes the  technical  factors  that  should
be considered during the PR  and VSI.   The second  section describes
the technical approach to  obtaining additional  sampling information
in the SV for subsurface gas releases, and  should  be  consulted
along with Chapter Four on general guidance  to  be  followed in
conducting a SV.  The final  section discusses  factors  to consider
when making release determinations of subsurface  gas  releases.
This section also presents options for further  investigation  of
subsurface gas releases to be evaluated  at  the  end  of  the  RFA.

-------
II.  CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY REVIEW AND VISUAL SITE
     INSPECTION OF SUBSURFACE GAS RELEASE POTENTIAL

     This section presents technical information related  specif-
ically to subsurface gas releases to be considered  when  conduct-
ing the PR and VSI.  Accordingly, this  section  has  been  organized
to reflect the primary goals of these steps  in  the  RFA:

     o  Identifying and describing potential  threats from
        subsurface gas at RCRA facilities;  and

     o  Making a preliminary assessment of  the  need for  and
        extent of sampling required.

     This section presents technical information specific to  this
pathway covering the five types of information  described  in
Exhibit 1-1, and technical information  to help  the  investigator
determine when additional sampling will  be  necessary in  a SV  to
identify subsurface gas releases.  The  section  discusses  these
six types of information separately:

     (1)  Unit characteristics;

     (2)  Waste characteristics;

     (3)  Pollutant migration pathways;

     (4)  Evidence of release; '.-

     (5)  Potential receptors; and

     (6)  Determining the need for additional  sampling
          i nformati on .

     This information will be relevant  to the  evaluation  of
written documents in the PR and information  gathered in  a VSI.

A.   Unit Characteristics

     The design and operating characteristics  of a  unit  will
determine to a great extent its potential for  releasing  methane.
The investigates should evaluate the unit characteristics of  each
SWMU or group of SWMUs at a facility to determine their  potential
for contributing to the generation and  release  of methane in
subsurface gases.

     The general potential for subsurface gas  release* from  a
SWMU depends, to a great extent, upon the nature and function of
the unit.  The investigator should assess each  unit based upon:

     o  An understanding of the overall potential of the  unit
        to cause subsurface gas releases;
                               8-2

-------
                                                  9502.<00i5  -
     o  An understanding of the primary mechanisms  by which
        releases may occur from the unit;  and

     o  An assessment of unit-specific  factors  which, singularly
        or in combination with  each other, indicate the relative
        likelihood of subsurface gas releases from  the unit.

     The investigator should first consider the relative potential
of the unit to release.   Exhibit 8-1 presents a generalized  rank-
ing, in rough descending order, of the  different types of SWMUs  and
their overall potential  for causing subsurface  gas  releases,  and
a listing of the most common mechanisms by which these releases
can occur from each unit type.

     It should be understood that Exhibit  8-1 provides only  a
theoretical sense of the relative potential  of  these  units  to  cause
releases.  Unit-specific factors should be evaluated  in determining
whether further investigations  are needed  for a particular  unit.

     Only two types of solid waste management units are of
concern in the subsurface gas investigation due to  their poten-
tial for generating methane or  other subsurface gases of concern.
These units include active and  closed landfills and units that
have been closed as landfills.   Each is described more fully
below:

     0  Landf111s.  Landfills are the most likely SWMUs to
        .generate subsurface gases resulti-ng in  a rel.ease.  Th«
        underground deposition  of decomposable  refuse with  or
        without hazardous c-onsti tuents  provides a large source
        of gas and a driving force that can carry other gases
        venting to the atmosphere and/or migrating  horizontally
        as a subsurface  gas.  Closing landfills with  impermeable
        caps without venting systems retards the release of  these
        landfill gases as surface emissions.  In these instances,
        a large percentage of those gases  migrate laterally
        through soils along confining barriers  such as ground
        water tables, clay layers, synthetic liners,  and compacted
        covers.  This migration could cause significant accumula-
        tions of potentially explosive  gas in facility structures
        or in buildings  off-site.

     o  Units closed as  1andfn.1_s.  Inactive SWMUs  that have  been
        closedas landfills maygenerate subsurface gases.   These
        sites include closed surface impoundments or  waste  piles
        containing decomposable or volatile wastes  with in-place
        impermeable covers.  Similar to landfills,  gases generated
        in sites closed  as landfills may migrate laterally,  pos-
        sibly causing significant accumulations.  However,  closed
        surface impoundments and waste  piles generally contain
        small quantities of decomposable and volatile wastes  and
        are at shallow depths.   Thus, significant gas migration
        and subsequent subsurface gas releases  are  less likely
        for these'units  than for landfills.
                                   8-3

-------
                           EXHIBIT 8-1

                UNIT POTENTIAL FOR SUBSURFACE  GAS
                RELEASES AND MECHANISMS OF RELEASE
Unij Type

Closed Landfills
o Lateral  migration of methane beneath
  landfill  cap to on-site or off-site
  structures .

o Migration of methane through conduits
  to on-site or off-site structures.
Active Landfills
o Lateral  migration of methane beneath
  landfill  cap to on-site or off-site
  structures
Closed Water Piles
o Lateral migration of methane beneath
  landfill cap to on-site or off-site
  structures .
Closed Surface
  Impoundments
o Lateral migration of methane beneath
  landfill cap to on-site or off-site
  structures.
                               8-4

-------
      Other  SWMUs  are  unlikely  to have  subsurface  gas  releases
 because  gases  generated  in  the  units are  more  likely  to  vent  to
 the  atmosphere  than  to concentrate  in  the  unsaturated  soil.
 Barriers  (e.g.,  paving,  compaction, or  installation of covers  for
 closure), can  permit  some  lateral migration  to occur  from these
 units.   Generally, however,  this lateral  migration will  be  limited
 to  the extent  of  the  barrier.   Shallow  SWMUs will also have a
 lower potential  for  releasing  methane,  since availability of
 oxygen will  interfere with  the  anaerobic  conditions supporting
 methane  generation.

      Although  depth  is one  of  several  considerations  for deter-
 mining the  potential  for  releases,  the  type  of SWMU establishes
 potential migration  pathways and the waste characteristics  create
 the  driving  force  for subsurface gas movement.  Exhibits 8-2  and
 8-3  illustrate  some  potential  pathways  from  a  few types  of  SWMUs.
 The  investigator  should  consider the characteristics  presented
 here when evaluating  the  likelihood of  a  SWMU  to  release methane.

 B.    Waste  Characteristics

      The  investigator should attempt to  identify  the  wastes
 originally  contained  within  a  SWMU  or  group  of SWMUs  during the
 PR,  in order  to  determine  their potential  for  generating methane.
 The  investigation  for methane  is different than investigations
 for  releases  to  the  other  media discussed  in this guidance, in
 that the  constituent  of  concern in  this  chapter is generated  in
 the  un,it, rather  than merely a  waste present from a treatment,
 storage,  or  disposal  activity.  Therefore, the investigator
 sh'ould determine  whether  wastes conducive  to the  generation of
 methane  are  present  in SWMUs at the facility.

      Anaerobic  decomposition of organic  wastes generates large
 volumes  of  methane gas under the proper  conditions.   When methane
 is  generated  in  SWMUs, the  potential exists  for it to  accumulate
 under pressure  and to migrate  from  the  unit, thereby  posing a
 significant  risk  of  explosion.  The methane  may also  be  mixed
 with other  volatile  hazardous  constituents present in  the unit,
 and  may  increase  the  potential  hazard  associated  with  the accumu-
 1ated gas.

      Conventional  solid  waste  refuse and  biological sludges
 are  the  primary  waste type  of  concern  for  generating  methane  gas.
 The  volume  of  gas  produced  in  the unit  depends upon both the
 quantity  and  types of refuse present.   Units may  either  contain
 primarily refuse  or  a mixture  of refuse  and  hazardous  wastes.
 Units where  refuse has been  codisposed  with  hazardous  wastes  may
 pose the  most  serious threat,  because  of  the potential for  other
 volatile  hazardous wastes  to be mixed  with the methane.

      Higher  volumes  of methane  will be  generated  at units con-
 taining  larger  quantities  of refuse.   The  volume  of gas  generated
.4lso depends  upon  the age  of the unit  and  how  long the waste  has
 xeen in  the  unit.  Methane  generation  will increase slowly  after
 waste emplacement  to  a maximum  generation  rate which  will slowly
 decline  as  the  waste  decomposes.  The  active lifetime  for methane

                                8-5

-------
CM   ;  '_:L^~^:Z   —~
                           1 .*.. «  .  V. —. N^ 1-Vrf^*^—   ^ • '
                           *    -*               -  •
                                                                       \
                                                                        \
                                                                     \
                                                                          \
                                                                            \
                                             8-6

-------
    o
    _J
    o
r->   o
 I   O£
00   U.
—   O
x   ee.
    O

    
-------
generation from units closed  as  landfills  depends  primarily upon
the amount of precipitation  infiltrating  into  the  waste.   Land-
fills in the arid Southwest  will  generally produce methane for
20-30 years, while landfills  in  the  humid  Southeast may  only
generate methane for 4-5 years after waste emplacement.   Landfills
with higher moisture content  provide a  more suitable environment
for bacterial degradation.

     The temperature of waste at  the time  of emplacement  can also
affect the methane generation rate.   Wastes placed in  landfills
in the winter at temperatures below  10° C  may  not  generate methane
for up to 5 years, even in climates  with  warm  summers, due to  the
insulating properties of the  waste.   The  waste can remain  at tem-
peratures low enough to effectively  inhibit bacterial  decomposition
for several years.  The types of  refuse disposed  in the  unit can
also affect the rate of methane  generation.  Descriptions  of the
two types of refuse that can  generate methane  and  a brief  discus-
sion of other wastes that may mix with  methane follow:

     o  Rapid Decomposable Refuse.  Rapid  decomposable wastes
        will produce methane  at  high rates under  the proper
        conditions.  These wastes include  organic  sludges  from
        wastewater treatment  facilities,  food  wates, garden
        wastes, and other vegetable  matter (e.g.,  grass  clippings,
        tree trimmings, etc.).  The  high  concentration of  readily  ,
        degradable organic-compounds in these  wast'es provides  an
        ideal energy source  for  the  anaerobic  organisms  that
        produce methane.

     o  Slow Decomposable Refuse.  Slow decomposables  will not
        produce the immediate high volumes of  methane  possible
        with the rapid decomposables.  However, they will  produce
        methane at lower rates in the unit over a  longer  period
        of time, and thus also pose  a substantial  threat.   Slow
        decomposables include paper, cardboard, wood,  leather,
        some textiles, and several other  assorted  organic  ma-
        terials.  Slow decomposables are  commonly  a large  percen-
        tage of municipal refuse, and should be present  in large
        quantities if the SWMUs  contain municipal  refuse.

     o  Other Wastes of Concern.   Volatile organic wastes  disposed
        in the unit of concern for subsurface  gas  releases may
        volatilize into the  pockets  of methane gas produced by
        refuse decomposition  and  increase  the  hazard associated
        with the gas.  This  situation could occur where  lie;; ids
        such as solvents have been disposed of in  landfills or
        waste piles in high  concentrations.  These compounds are
        not  likely to migrate from the unic unless methane is
        present to act as a  carrier.  However, certain  volatile
        compounds would be likely to form mixtures with  methane
        where wastes are codisposed.  The volatile wastes  and
        waste constituents of concern for subsurface gases are
        the  same as those that have the potential   for air
        releases.  These are listed  in Exhibit 7-2.
                               8-8

-------
C.   Pollutant Migration Pathways
     The investigator should evaluate any available information
pertaining to the hydrogeologic characteristics of a facility
in order to determine the pollutant migration pathways associated
with subsurface gas releases during the PR.  As stated previously,
methane can accumulate under pressure within certain types of
units, and then migrate from that unit through  the subsurface due
to the force of this pressure.

     Certain natural conditions and engineered  structures can act
as barriers that impede the migration or conduits that promote
the migration of subsurface gas.  For example,  venting systems
can prevent subsurface gas migration, while underground utility
lines can promote migration.  We describe below several factors
that can affect the migration of subsurface gas:

     (1)  Natural barriers and conduits; and

     (2)  Engineered barriers and conduits.

1.   Natural Barriers and Conduits

     Gas migration can be impeded by various geologic  barriers.
A soil's effective porosity and permeability are  perhaps  the most
important natural barriers to gas migration.  Porosity is a
function of soil type, moisture .content, and weathering.   Permea-
bility is determined by soil type.  Tight, uniform soild  such as
clays, at least to the depth of the unit, are good barriers.
Sandy soil  will likely encourage venting of gas to the atmosphere,
thus preventing horizontal migration.  Climatic conditions such
as precipitation or freezing can also affect gas  migration.   Both
factors tend to reduce the porosity of surface  soils preventing
upward gas migration.

     Gas migration can also be impeded or prevented by hydrologic
barriers such as surface water, ground water, and saturated  soils.
Subsurface gas does not penetrate ground water  and surface water.
Thus, if there is a lake or perennial stream between the  unit and
any structure, migration is unlikely.  A high ground water table
will  restrict migration to the shallow unsaturated zone.   High
water tables also allow for the use of trenches as gas control
devices.

     Subsurfa-ce gases that come in contact with these  barriers
will  tend to migrate towards the pathway of least resistance,
either man-made or natural conduits.  For example, sand and
gravel  lenses below a less permeable soil  layer are excellent
conduits for subsurface gas migration.  As an uncommon example,
if a landfill or site closed as a landfill was  surrounded (along
all  sidewalls and bottom) by water, gas migration beyond  the
confining barrier would not be expected.  In most cases,  however,
ground water and saturated soils only partially surround  a unit
(usually along the bottom).  Thus, lateral or vertical  migration
can  occur through this natural  conduit.


                               8-9

-------
2.    Engineered Barriers  and Conduits

     Some facilities may  have engineered  structures  which  either
intentionally or unintentionally impede the migration of subsurface
gas.  Engineered barriers include:

     o  Synthetic liners  that effectively contain  wastes;
     o  Slurry walls that border landfill  units;  and
     o  Gas control  or venting systems.

The investigator should review documents  on the design and opera-
tion of these systems and inspect the  systems  to  confirm that
they are functioning properly.  Subsurface gas control systems
are almost exclusively associated with  disposal sites for
municipal-type waste rather than for hazardous waste.  These
systems are probably only present afe hazardous waste facilities
where municipal waste is  codisposed with  hazardous waste or where
a sanitary landfill  is operating at the same site.

     Gas migration from SWMUs may be facilitated  by  man-made
structures located within the facility  or near the property
boundary.  Examples  of engineered structures which may act as
condui ts i nclude :

     o  Underground  power transmission  lines;
     o  Sewer and drainage pipes; and
     o  Und-erground  telephone cables.

     Gases migrating from a SWMU may enter the gravel-backfi11ed
trenches surrounding these structures  and travel  great distances
to buildings or other engineered structures, resulting in  a
potential hazard.  It may be useful to  inspect the facility blue-
prints and check with utilities to  the  extent  that these tasks
were not completed" during the PR or VSI in order  to  ensure that
no structures are present that could increase  the  likelihood of
gas migration to on- and  off-site receptors.

D.   Evidence of Release

     The investigator should examine any available sources of
information to identify evidence that  subsurface gas has migrated
from a facility.  Most evidence of subsurface gas  releases will
usually be limited to official reports  of explosions at or near
the facility.  In some cases, there may be sampling  information
taken from ve'nts placed near the units  indicating  the presence of
methane  in a unit,  linger most ci rcumstarces, the  investigator
should assume that units  containing metKane will  pose a threat
for migration and potential explosion.

E.   Exposure Potential

     The  Investigator should evaluate  available information on
the location, number, and characteristics, of buildings that
could be  affected by subsurface gas releases at the  facility.  As
stated at  the  beginning of this chapter, the RFA will focus


                                8-10

-------
                                                 9502. 00-s
primarily on the potential  for methane  to  migrate  to  on-site  ana
off-site buildings.   Typically, methane can  migrate  up  to  1000
feet from its source, although it could travel  further  under  ideal
condi tions.

     Potential  receptor information will  be  used  primarily  to
help the investigator determine the need  for immediate  corrective
measures at  the facility in order to alleviate  potentially  high
risks  of explosion attributable to methane migration.   In  general,
immediate actions may be necessary when the  investigator  encounters
buildings with  explosimeter readings above 25%  of  the  LEL  (lower
explosive limit).  The investigator should identify  those  structures
that may be  located  close enough  to a  source of methane to  warrant
further investigation, and  in some cases,  sampling.

F.   Determining the Need for Additional  Sampling  in  the  SV

     If the  investigator determines, based on his  inspection  of
the unit, that  there is a significant  potential for  the unit  to
generate methane, and that  the site geologic and  hydrogeologic
conditions may  promote migration , he/she  may choose  to  sample to
determine conclusively whether methane  has been released.   We
discuss in this section:

     (1)  General information on  factors  to  consider  in determining
          the need for additional  sampling information;

     (2)  Factors to' consider in  selecting sampling  parameters;  and

     (3)  An example to illustrate this discussion.

1.   General Information on Determining the  Need  for  Sampling

     The following list presents  several  situations  in  which  the
investigator may find it useful to obtain  additional  sampling
information  during a SV:

     o  To identify  explosive levels of methane in  structures; to
        identify the need for emergency action;,,

     o  To confirm adequate operation  of  a landfill  gas venting
        system;

     o  To identify  the presence  of refuse in units  with  unknown
        waste composition;  and

     o  To confirm the presence of toxic  constituents  mixed with
        subsurface gas.

     The investigator should use  best  professional  judgment in
determining  when a SWMU may be a  source of subsurface  gases.
When he/she  believes that a unit  contained decomposable wastes,
and believes that the site  conditions  could  facilitate  methane
                               8-11

-------
migration, it may be appropriate to sample for methane at appro
priate locations.  These are described in detail  in Section
III of this chapter.
2.   Selection of Sampling Parameters
     As stated previously, methane will  be the primary constituent
of concern for investigations of subsurface gas releases.   There-
fore, the investigator will  usually sample for methane when
identifying releases.

     However, under certain  unusual situations (e.g.,  units where
large quantities of refuse were codisposed with hazardous  wastes),
it may be necessary to identify the presence of other  potentially
hazardous constituents in subsurface gas.   In these cases, the
potential constituents of concern will  the same as those identi-
fied as potential  constituents of concern  for air releases-.  The
investigator should refer to Chapter Seven of this document for
guidance on identifying and  sampling these constituents of concern,

3.   Example

     An illustration of a situation in  which sampling  would be
called for follows: An electroplating facility previously  dis-
posed some of its  electroplating sludges along with refuse gen-
erated at the facility in a  medium-sized landfill (2 acres).  The
company closed the landfill  five years  before the RCRA investi-
gator began 'conducting the RFA.  They closed the landfill  by
installing a clay  cap with a vegetative cover.

     The investigator found  records of  the past use of the land-
fill during the PR, and recognized a potential methane generation
problem.  After requesting a facility diagram from the owner/oper-
ator, the investigator discovered a telephone line running from
off the facility boundary, underneath and  adjacent to  the  landfill
towards one of the facility  structures.   The investigator  recog-
nized the underground telephone line to be a potential conduit
for any methane migrating from the closed  landfill.

     Because the telephone line entered a  facility structure, the
investigator would decide to take explosimeter readings within
the structure of concern.  However, because the absence of methane
in the facility structure does not necessarily prove the absence
of methane, the investigator also decides  to take several  soil
gas measurements around the  perimeter of the landfill, in  order
to identify the presence of methane at  the unit boundary.


III. COLLECTING ADDITIONAL INFORMATION  IN  THE SV

     This section  presents technical information related specific-
ally to subsurface gas releases to be considered when  collecting
additional sampling  information in the  SV.  The information
presented here should be used to help the  investigator meet one
of the primary goals of the  SV:


                               8-12

-------
                                                      '2-00-5
     o  To collect additional  sampling  information  to  fill  data
        gaps identified  in  the PA,  leading  towards  final,  release
        determinati ons.

     For each sampling method  discussed,  this  section  describes:
1) the general  kinds of  situations  in  which  it  will  be appropriate
to employ a specific technique, 2)  technical  information  on how
to conduct the  sampling,  and 3) specific  details  to  be considered
when evaluating the  sampling results.   This  section  does  not
provide the actual SOPs  on  the sampling techniques here.   However,
it references the relevant  manuals.

     The choice of appropriate sampling methods  will have  a large
impact on the cost and usefulness  of  the  SV.   The  investigator
should be confident  when  developing and reviewing  the  sampling
plan that the procedures  chosen will  meet the  needs  of the  RFA,
while not resulting  in the  collection  of  unnecessary data.

     One example of  a sampling technique  that  will  be  appropriate
for identifying subsurface  gas releases during  the  RFA is  the
combustible gas meter (explosimeter)  measurement.   Considerations
on how to use this device and  on evaluating  its  results  follow
below.

1.   Combustible Gas Meter

     Methane field monitoring  can  be  performed  with  combustible  gas
meters in buildings, sewers, or fn  the  s,oil.   A  combustible gas
meter will provide a reliable  determ-i nation  of  combustible  gas
concentrations.  It  will  not indicate  whether  or  not the  combust-
ible gas detected is actually  methane  gas,  although, if  the waste
in the unit could generate  methane, it  is likely  that  the  meter
is detecting methane.  Any  significant  gas  reading  (whether it  is
methane or not) is of concern.

     Combustible gas meters  usually indicate  the  percentage of
the lower explosive  limit (LEL) of  the  atmosphere  being  monitored.
The LEL indicates the lowest concentration  of  methane  in  air
which could result in combustion,  or  in severe  cases,  an  explosion.
EPA guidelines  under CERCLA  consider  25%  of  the  LEL  to be  an
action threshold; the investigator  should evacuate  immediately
when readings higher than 25%  of the  LEL  are  obtained.

     Reported experience  indicates  0  to 100  percent  of the  lower
explosive limit detection to be accurate  with  hotwire  catalytic
combustion principal instruments.   However,  many  users prefer
instruments with the capability of  determining  both  the  0  to 100
percent LEL and the  percent  methane present  when  the concentra-
tion exceeds 100 percent  LEL (i.e., 5  percent  methane).   Dual
scale instruments are available for this  application.   Typically,
the 0 to 100 percent gas  scale uses a  thermal  conductivity  sensor.

     The carbon di.oxide  in  1 andfi 11-generated  gas  is reported to
interfere with  the thermal  conductivity sensor,  so  the investigator
should not assume that readings above  100 percent  LEL  are  accurate.


                               8-13

-------
Some of the single scale 0 to 100 percent LEL instruments can
also be fitted with air dilution tubes or valves- to allow readings
of the percent gas when the concentration is  above the LEL.
Instructions on the use and calibration of these instruments
should be obtained from the manufacturer.

     Monitoring in a facility structure (e.g.,  buildings, sewers,
existing monitoring wells, gas vents)  should  normally be done
after the building has been closed overnight  or for a weekend,
and when the soil  surface has been wet or frozen for several
days.  Monitoring  or sampling should be done  in confined areas
where gas may accumulate, such as basements,  crawl spaces,  near
floor cracks, attics, around subsurface utility connections, and
in u.ntrapped drain lines.

     Soil gas monitoring can be performed to  identify the potential
for methane releases at a unit.  The investigator will normally
drill shallow wells of a minimal diameter (2")  and insert the
monitoring device  in the hole.  There  will be some time delay
due to the slow movement of gas through the soils and into  the
wel 1 .


IV.  MAKING SUBSURFACE GAS RELEASE DETERMINATIONS

     The final task in the RFA is to make release determinations
and recommendations concerning the need for further investigation
(e.g., an RFI).  While subsurface gas  p-robl ems'may not occur at
a large number of  facilities", where they ar'e  encountered, they
may pose extremely high risks to the investigator and facility
employees.

     Exhibit 8-4 is a checklist that should help the investigator
evaluate specific  factors to identify  subsurface gas releases, or
to  identify sites  that have a high potential  for gas release and
gas migration to on-site or off-site buildings.  In identifying
releases, the investigator should consider the  series of factors
described in the chapter and highlighted in the checklist to
determine the potential for release.  The primary factors include:
whether or not the unit contains waste that generates methane, and
the potential for  migration through the subsurface.
                                   8-14

-------
                                                    ^502.00-5   3
                           Exhibit  8-4
              Checklist  for  Subsurface  Gas  Releases
1.   Potential  for  Subsurface  Gas  Releases


    o   Does  the  unit  contain  waste  that  generates  methane  or
       generates  volatile  constituents that  may  be carried  by
       methane (e.g.,  decomposable  refuse/volati1e organic  wastes)?


    o   Is  the  unit  an  active  or closed landfill  or a  unit  closed
       as  a  landfill  (e.g.,  surface impoundments  and  waste  piles)?


2.   Migration  of  Subsurface  Gas to  On-site or  Off-site  Buildings


    o   Are on-site  or  off-site buildings close to  the unit?


    o   Do  natural  or  engineered barriers prevent  gas  migration
       from  the  unit  to  on-site or  off-site  buildings (e.g., low
       soil  permeability and-porosity hydrogeologic barriers/liners,
       slurry  walls,  gas control  systems)?     •              .


    o   Do  natural  site characteristics or  man-made structures
       (e.g.,  underground  power transmission  lines, sewer  pipes/
       sand  and  gravel  lenses) facilitate  gas  migration  from the
       unit  to buildings?


3.   Evidence of  Release


    o   Does  sampling  data  indicate  a  release  of  concern?
                               8-15

-------
                                                950 2 • 00-5
                           CHAPTER NINE

                              SOILS
I.   INTRODUCTION

A.   Purpose

     This chapter provides technical  information to support the
investigation of releases to soils during the RFA.   While
Chapters Two, Three, and Four provide general guidance on conduc-
ting RFAs, this chapter focuses on specific  factors unique to the
soil medium that should be considered by the investigator.

     This chapter has been organized  to reflect the separate
phases of the RFA process:

     o  Conducting a preliminary review of information on soil
        releases;
     o  Conducting a visual  inspection of the facility;
     o  Collecting additional  sampling information  in  the SV; and
     o  Making release determinations.

     The first section describes the  technical  factors that
should be considered during  the PR and VSI.   The second section
describes the technical approach to obtaining additional  .sampling
information in the SV-for soils, and  should  be  consulted  along
with Chapter Four on conducting a SV.  The final section  discusses
factors to consider when, making final release determinations to
soils at the end of the RFA.

     It should be understood that it  is not  the objective of an
RFA to identify all areas of contaminated soil  at a facility, and
to require further investigaiton for  all contaminated  soil areas.
Investigators should focus on identifying soil  contamination
which, through direct contact of humans or other potential
receptors, or by leaching or otherwise migrating to other media
such as ground water or surface water, poses a  threat  to  human
health and the environment.   Not all  soil contamination poses
such risks; investigators should only focus  on  areas of soil
contamination which clearly  have the  potential  for  causing serious
environmental problems.
B.   Scope

     During the RFA, the investigator should evaluate the likeli-
hood that the facility has releases to soils which  pose a threat
to human health and the environment.  While in most cases this
will relate to contamination from specific units, there may be
situations where other sources of soil contamination may be
impacting human health and the environment.

-------
II.  CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY REVIEW AND VISUAL
     SITE INSPECTION OF RELEASES TO SOILS

     This section presents technical information related specifi-
cally to the soil medium to be considered when conducting the PR
and VSI.  Accordingly, this section has been organized  to reflect
the primary goals of these processes described in Chapters Two
and Three:

     o  Identifying and describing potential releases  to soils at
        RCRA faci1i ties; and

     o  Making a preliminary assessment of the need  for and ex-
        tent of sampling required.

     This section presents technical details on each  of the five
types of information described in Exhibit 1-1:

     (1)  Unit characteristics;

     (2)  Waste characteristics;

     (3)  Pollutant migration pathways;

     (4)  Evidenceof_ release; and

     (5)  Expo-sure potential.

In addition, technical information is provided to help  the inves-
tigator determine when additional sampling will be necessary in a
SV to identify soil releases.  Each area is discussed  separately.

A.   Unit Characteristics
     A unit's design and operating characteristics of a SMWU will
determine to a great extent its potential  for releasing hazardous
constituents to soils.  Many treatment, storage, and disposal
units are designed to prevent releases to  the environment.  The
investigator should evaluate the characteristics of each SWMU or
group of SWMUs at a facility to determine  their potential  for
releasing hazardous constituents to soils.

     As with.other media, the likelihood that a SWMU has contam-
inated soils is largely dependent on the nature and function of
the unit, iherefore, each SWMU or grouping of similar units
should be evaluated for its potential  to release constituents
that may contaminate surrounding soils. The unit evaluation
should be based upon:

     o  An understanding of the inherent design characteristics
        and  features that might cause the  unit to have a release
        to surrounding soils;
                               9-2

-------
                           tAn IB i i
            RANKING OF UNIT POTENTIAL FOR SOIL RELEASE
                    AND MECHANISMS OF RELEASE
     Unit Type
Surface Impoundment
Landfill
Waste Pile
Land Treatment Unit
Contai ner Storage
Area
Above-ground Tank
In-ground Tank
Inci nerator
Class I and IV
Injection Well
             Release Mech an i sm
o Releases from overtopping
o Seepage
o Migration of run-off outside the unit's
  run-off collection and containment system
o Migration of spills and other releases
  outside the containment area from
  loading and unloading operations
o Seepage through  dikes to surrounding
  soils
o Migration of run-off outside the unit's
  run-off collection and containment system
o Migration of spills and other releases
  outside the containment area from
  loading and unloading operations
o Migration of run-off outside the
  containment area
o Migration of run-off o'utside the  •
  containment area
o Releases from overflow
o Leaks through tank shell
o Spills from coupling/uncoupling
  operations
o Releases from overflow
o Spills from coupling/uncoupling
  operations
o Spills or other  releases from waste
  handling/preparation activities
o Spills due to mechanical failure
o Spills from waste handling opera-
  tions at the well head
*  The two remaining solid waste management units; waste transfer
   stations, and waste recycling operations generally have mechanisms
   of release similar to tanks.
                               9-3

-------
     o  An understanding of the primary mechanisms by which  the
        releases may occur from the unit and the potential  for
        thi s release .

     When assessing the likelihood of releases to soils from a
unit, the investigator should initially consider the relative
potential of the unit for a release.  For example, an above-ground
tank located directly on soil has a greater potential for  a
release than does the same tank raised two feet above a cement
pad with adequate curbing.  Exhibit 9-1 presents a generalized
ranking of the different types of SWMUs and their potential  for
having releases that contaminate surrounding soils.   Exhibit 9-1
also lists the mechanism for release associated with each  unit
type.
     The major unit-specific factors the investigator should
evaluate are discussed below.

1.    Unit design

     The design factors of the unit, including its capacity  and
dimensions,  can indicate the potential for a soil release.   For
example, an  undersized above-ground tank will  be more susceptible
to  overtopping than an adequately sized unit.

     Features designed to reduce or eliminate  release should also
be  considered. Some features are better able to eliminate  releases
than others.. A triple-lined landfill with a leachate collection
system will  be less prone to subsurface releases than a single
clay-lined surface impoundment.

2.    Operational history

     The investigator should evaluate the unit's operational
history for  information which indicates that a release may  have
occurred. Operational factors that may influence the potential
for a release include:

     o  The  length of service life of the unit. Older units  will
        have a greater potential for a release, particularly due
        to failure of liners or control equipment than newer units

     o  Operational status  (Active, inactive,  closed)

     o  Operational procedures such as proper maintenance,  regular
        inspections and records.  A well maintained unit has less
        likelihood of leaks, spills or enuipment failure.

3.   Physical Condition of  Unit

     During the VSI,  investigctor should examine the units  for
evidence of releases  or characteristics that could cause releases.
For example, when examining  a surface  impoundment, he/she  should
determine whether'the earthen dikes are structurally sound  and
capable of preventing releases.  Cracks, slumping, or seeps
                               9-4

-------
                                                  950 2 ,  00- -'
                                                           '     -j

around the toe in the dike may show evidence that the unit's
condition may cause releases to the surrounding  soils.

B.    Waste Characteristics

     The investigator should attempt to identify the wastes
originally contained within a SWMU or group of SWMUS during the
PR.  In the RFA,   the investigator should try to connect  informa-
tion on waste types, unit characteristics,  and evidence  of  soil
contamination to  demonstrate the likelihood that specific  SWMUs
or  groups of SWMUs have released constituents to the soils.  This
section describes technical factors to consider  when identifying
waste characteristics relevant to soil releases.  It also  discusses
physical/chemical properties that affect the release potential
of  wastes and their subsequent transport in soils.

     Information  on wastes is usually available  in Part  A  permit
applications, inspection reports, and facility operating  records
reviewed during the PR.  The investigator should compile  specific
information on waste characteristics in order to assess  not only
the potential for a release to soils, but also to identify  the
chemical form that the hazardous constituent might take  in  the
soil environment, and to determine if a contaminant found  in  a
soil release can  be expected to migrate to  other media.

     Constituents tend to migrate in different forms an,d  at dif-
ferent rates in the soil medium, depending  upon  their properties.
Some Appendix VIII consti tuents • are insolu.bl.e-in water and  bind
tightly* to soil particles, thus minimizing  their migration  poten-
tial.  Therefore, it is important to evaluate a  waste's  mobility
in  order to determine its potential  for dispersion in soils and
its tendency for  transfer to other media.  Releases of organics
may behave very differently than metals in  the soil  environment.

     Hazardous metals and inorganics (e.g., arsenic and  cyanide)
may be relatively mobile.  Other inorganics and  metals (e.g.,
lead) are less mobile depending upon the pH of the wastes,  and
the ligands available in soil for complex formation.

     The mobility of organic constituents can be expressed
quantitatively by the sorption equilibrium  constant (Kd).   The
value of K,.) depends upon the organic content of  the soil  and  the
constituent-specific soil adsorption coefficient (KQC).

     The investigator will seldom have access to information  on
organic content of soils at a facility; instead  it will  be  more
useful  to estimate the relative mobility of a constituent  as
expressed by Koc.  Koc values have been calculated for only a
small set of hazardous constituents; however, the octanol-water
coefficient as expressed by (Kow), can be used as an indicator  of
Kd.  Appendix E presents Koc and log(Kow) values for most  consti-
tuents of concern.  Because these values are log values,  chemicals
with KpW values of more than two can be considered relatively
immobile.  Values less than one are considered to be mobile.
                               9-5

-------
     The volatility and biodegradabi1ity of constituents can also
be important in identifying whether contaminated soil  can act as
a transfer medium.  For example, highly volatile components of a
past release may no longer be present  for detection in a sampling
program.  Readily biodegradable components also may not be present
although certain degradation products  may indicate that a release
has occurred.
C .    Pollutant Migration Pathways
     The investigator should evaluate during the PR available
information pertaining to potential  soil  migration pathways at a
facility.  Contaminated soils can transfer chemicals to ground
water by leaching, to surface water  by contaminating run-off, and
to air by the suspension of contaminated  particulates.   This
information will  play a major role in identifying  the potential
for intermedia transfer of releases  during the PR.

     The identification of migration pathways associated with
soil  releases will be most important when the soil is being
evaluated as a transfer medium.  Basic to any evaluation of
pathways for soils is the assessment of site geology, soil  type,
and climate.  This evaluation relies on standard information
usually available during the PR for  each  site.  The primary
climatic effect that should be determined is the annual rainfall.
Sites located in  regions with high annual or seasonal precipitation
will  h.ave a greater potential for releases to spread through the
soil  or to the other aqueous media..  -Conversely,, very arid  regions
may be susceptible to 'wind-borne distribution of contaminated
soi1  particulates.

     The investigator should evaluate the site's topography and
look  for low lying areas where spills may collect.  He/she  should
also  estimate the proximity of the unit in question to  surface
water, particularly locations within flood plains.

     The underlying geology of a site should be determined  in
order to evaluate the potential of soils  to transfer contaminants
to that medium.  Soil characteristics that are to  be evaluated
are dependent upon underlying geology.

     The determination of site-specific soil characteristics will
be useful when determining the impact of  a potential soil  release.
Soils are characterized by particle  size, ranging  from  large sand
particles, te silt, to the small clay colloids.  Loams  are  soils
where these particles are found in various percentages.  Releases
will  be distributed through sandy soils more readily than through
clays.  Clays usually have an associated  attraction for certain
chemicals since they are weakly ionized.

     The organic content of soils will also affect their ability
to bind or biodegrade certain chemical releases.  This  informa-
tion is avai1able.for most sites from USGS or State Soil Conserv-
ation Service soil maps.  Interpretive data are usually available
                               9-6

-------
                                                  9502.00*5
along with the map.  General information will often be included
on the depth of a soil layer.

D.   Evidence of a Release

     During the PR, the investigator should examine available
sources of information to identify evidence that constituents
have been released to soils at a facility.  The investigator
should evaluate both direct and indirect evidence of release
during the PR.  Chapter Two outlines general considerations on
looking for evidence of releases.

     The VSI is particularly useful for identifying releases to
soils.  Stressed vegetation can indicate the likelihood of a soil
release.  Direct evidence of soil releases includes:

     o  Evidence of oiliness or slick on soils; and

     o  Discoloration from background soil color.

     Direct evidence of a release may also include official
reports of prior release incidents, such as a major tank  leak
onto the ground.  Indirect evidence of a release to soils may be
provided by ground-water monitoring data that show contamination.
When the investigator identifies indirect evidence of  this type,
it may be possible to determine the source of the release by
evaluating the pollutant/soil  migration pathways and the  waste
characteristics at the facility.  Soil  sampling data may  exist at
some facilities, although th'i s  will 'not-be likely", since  there
are no requirements for soil monitoring.

     There are likely to be instances of soil  contamination that
cannot be linked directly to units  at a facility.   Areas  that
were used to handle wastes in  the past but are now unused may
have contaminated  soil.

E.   Exposure Potential

     The investigator should evaluate available information on
the location, number, and characteristics of potential  receptors
that could be affected by releases  to soils at the facility.
These receptors include human  populations, animal  populations
(particularly any  endangered or protected species), and sensitive
envi ronments .

     While it is not within  the scope of the RFA to estimate the
risk  associated with  a release  to soils, it is important  to iden-
tify any potential  for direct  exposure to the  release.   Informa-
tion  on  the  potential  for direct exposure include:

     o   The  security of the  facility.  Is access to the site
        prevented  by adequate  fencing or barriers?
                               9-7

-------
     o  The proximity of the unit/facility to children, specifi-
        cally to schools and play grounds.

     If the migration of chemicals from soil  releases to other
media has been identified, the sections in th is  Guidance on
releases to those media should be refered to  in  order to determine
exposure potential  to constituents released and  transfered to
other media.

     The investigator should evaluate the severity of the release
to soils along with the potential for direct  exposure.   If recep-
tors are currently  being exposed to highly contaminated soils or
have a high potential for being exposed, the  investigator should
consider recommending immediate corrective measures to  limit
access and direct exposure.

F.   Determining the Need for Additional Sampling

     The investigator may not be able to determine whether a
release to soils from the unit has occurred,  since existing data
may be unavailable  or insufficient.  In cases where historical
information and visual  observations are not adequate to determine
if a release from a unit to soil has occurred or is likely to
have occurred, he/she should consider whether additional sampling
and analysis would  help make a determination.  In this  section,
we present:

     (1)  General information' oh factors to consider in deter-
          mining the need for additional sampling information;

     (2)  Factors to consider in selecting sampling parameters;

     (3)  An example to illustrate this discussion.

1.   General Information on Determining the Need for Sampling

     Soil sampling  during the SV will generally  be confined to
surface soils or to shallow coring using hand equipment.  Because
of the relative ease in obtaining soil  samples,  in some cases,
soil sampling may be used to obtain information  on releases to
ground water where  existing wells may not be  adequate and new
well placement is beyond the scope of the RFA.

     The following  are situations where soil  sampling data could
be useful :

     o  Visual examination reveals an area at a  facility where
        unspecified wastes were  applied in liquid form for several
        years.   Facility is situated on sandy soils with rapidly
        moving ground water, with nearby drinking water wells
        located  apparently downgradient.  Sampling data would
        reveal presence of and  types of constituents in the soil,
        which if positive could  trigger additional ground water
        investigations.
                               9-8

-------
                                               9502,0';^,
     o  Ground-water data downgradient from an above-ground tank
        indicates contamination from its  wastes.   No record of
        a spill  exists and the unit appears structurally sound,
        however, the observed contamination should  have migrated
        to the ground-water through the soils.

     o  Drainage patterns show that runoff from a  landfill  tends
        to collect in a low lying area. Constituents expected  to
        be released sorb to soils and  contamination of the  run-
        off can  be veri fi ed .

2.   Selection of Sampling Parameters

     Knowledge of the wastes that may  be  potentially released  from
a unit is the starting point when identifying  sampling parameters.
However, many SWMUs have incomplete or no data on  the wastes
deposited over time.  When little is known of  the  wastes managed
in the unit, GC/MS scans for volatiles, acid extractables or
base/neutrals become a good starting point when selecting param-
eters for analysis in soils.

     Metals are  also of concern under  RCRA.  If a  waste source is
hazardous due to EP Toxicity, the metals  of concern are a smaller
subset:  arsenic, barium, cadmium, lead, mercury,  selenium,  and
silver.   The following metals precipitate readily  under many
naturally occurring conditions and may be detected  in soil  anal-
ysis: cadmium, lead, nickel and zinc.

    •The volatile GC/MS scan identifies chemicals  that are  -charac-
teristic of solvents and lighter petroleum products.  Beca.use
they are volatile, they can evaporate  from soil releases into  the
air.  Evidence of these chemicals may  be  difficult  to obtain  in
older releases.

     The acid extractables (i.e., phenols) may be  present in
heavier  petroleum feed stocks and certain industrial processes
(e.g. pentachlorophenol from wood preserving).  Phenol and  the
mono-halogenated phenols biodegrade in a  soil  environment.
Pentachlorophenol is very persistent.

     Base/neutral compounds can often  be  found in  wastes from
industries such  as the plastics and synthetic  fibers manufacturers
The pesticide scan identifies pesticides  that  are  found in  pesti-
cide wastes and  products from the agrichemical industry.

     All monitoring data should be coordinated with the unit
specific information available on the  potential for constituents
to be released to soils and the investigator's professional
judgment.
                               9-9

-------
III. COLLECTING ADDITIONAL SAMPLING INFORMATION IN  THE  SV

     This section presents technical  information  related  specifi-
cally to the soils medium to be considered when collecting addi-
tional  sampling information in  the SV.   Accordingly,  the  informa-
tion presented here should be used to help the investigator meet
one of  the primary goals of the SV:

     o   To collect additional sampling  information  to fill data
        gaps identified in the  PR and VSI.

     For each sampling method discussed, this  section describes:
1) general situations where it  is appropriate  to  employ a specific
technique, 2) technical information on  how to  conduct the sampling,
and 3)  specific details to be considered when  evaluating  the
sampling results.  This section does  not provide  the  actual SOPs
on the  sampling techniques.  However, it references relevant
manuals .

     The choice of appropriate  sampling methods will  have a large
impact  on the cost and usefulness of  the SV.   The investigator
should  be confident when developing and reviewing the sampling
plan that the procedures chosen will  meet the  objectives  of the
RFA, while not resulting in the collection of  unnecessary data.
We discuss soil sampling at surface,  shallow  depths,  and  special
cases where deep samples are warranted.

A.   Gen'eral Information on Selecting Sampling Locatidns   •'  .

     The investigator should use best professional  judgment in
determining appropriate locations for soil sampling.   During the
visual  site inspection, pertinent topographic  features  should be
located.  These features include drainage patterns, fill  areas,
erosional and depositionals areas.  Any surface run off,  seeps,
springs and the proximity to surface  water and wet  areas  should
also be noted.  Releases from a unit  will seek the  lowest area.
Such low spots may be depositional areas for  any  released chemicals
and would be the best location  to start any subsequent  sampling.
Topographic maps are helpful.  Strategically  locating the sampling
areas should minimize the number of samples necessary and the
effort  for their collection.

     After identifying the areas designated for soil  sampling,
the exact location of the sample area and the  specific  sample
location should be recorded on  a site map.  Soil  sampling will  be
generally completed by using surface  samples  and  hand equipment.
Surface soil sampling should be conducted in  depositional areas
since these areas tend to have  higher concentrations  of released
constituents.  This is valuable for the screening function of the
RFA, but these levels are not indicative of the overall area
conditions.  The extent of a release  will be  determined under the
RFI.                                           j
                               9-10

-------
                   oavrs POLICY DIRECTIVE w.

                 *502.00.5
               ne foot below
     The depth  of the sample (e.g., surface, o
surface) should be recorded in a field log book.  When identify-
ing metal  constituents from a release, it may be important to
consider soil  type since many have natural background levels of
certain heavy metals.

8.    Sampling Methodology and Evaluation of Results

     Soil  sampling will  usually be done using hand equipment such
as  stainless steel spoons, scoops, shovels, hand auger and small
diameter push  tubes.   This equipment is available for sampling at
shallow depths; however, when soil is difficult to penetrate,
even shallow sampling may require power equipment such as augers.
Shelby sampling tubes or thin wall push tubes can be used by both
hand and power  equipment.  Stainless steel components are recom-
mended for these tubes.   Soil samples are extruded from the tubes
for logging and for selective sampling.  The tubes can also be
capped and sent directly to the laboratory for analysis.

     Surface sampling of soils can be done with a stainless steel
spoon or scoop.  Grass,  leaves and other debris should be scraped
off the surface prior to sampling.  Shallow samples can be col-
lected by  digging a hole with a shovel or post hole digger, then
removing all loose soil  from the hole and sampling with a stain-
less steel spoon at the  desired depth.  For densely packed soils
or  deeper  soil  samples,  a soil auger may be used.  The sample is
extruded and 100 to 200  grams of the sample is transfered to a
250 ml''co-ntai ner.  A  label is attached with required informatian
and the depth  of the  sample, and its location is recorded in the
field 1ogbook .

     Soil  samples are collected in wide-mouth glass jars equipped
with Teflon-lined screw  caps.  These samples require no preserva-
tion or refrigeration.  Tape the lid securely and mark with
collector's initials.  Carefully pack the samples with the appro-
priate chain-of-custody  forms.  Chapters six and seven of the
"Revised Draft  Protocol  for Ground-Water Inspections at Hazardous
Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities" October 1985,
are a good reference  for these soil sampling techniques.  Charac-
ter ization of Hazardous  Waste Si tes - A^ Methods Manual, Volume
11 . Ayai1able Sampli ng Methods is also a good reference for more
d e t aTT on  soil  sampli ng  techni qu e s .

     If it is  necessary  to sample soils at depths greater than 18
inches, sampling with power equipment can be done.  It may be
important  to sample at lower depths when the release is very
mobile and not  of recent occurrence.  The investigator may suspect
that the release has  moved several feet below the surface and
that surface sampling may no longer show evidence of the release.
Split barrels  or piston-type samplers will be most useful in
these situations.  These methods are based on ASTM 01586-67(1974),
"Method for Penetration  Test and Split Barrel Sampling of Soils",
and ASTM D1587-74, Thin  Walled Tube Sampling of Soils.
9-11

-------
     The sampling of soils at depths greater than 4 feet can be
accomplished by the use of test pits and trenches.   The size of
the pits and trenches will vary, but should be large enough  to
permit the entry of personnel, under strict safety  requirements.
The excavation of the pits is performed most commonly by a back-
hoe.  Because of the equipment involved, sampling from a pit will
seldom be appropriate in the RFA, although  this method may be
applied in certain circumstances when it is valuable to make a
visual in situ inspection.  This technique  may be applied in
situations where the investigator suspects  that the release  may
be in pockets distributed both horizontally and vertically through-
out the soils, and may not be detected  readily by sample borings.

     Once the pit or trench has been opened, it should be stabil-
ized by sloping the walls or by the use of  shoring  material.
Sampling then occurs at designated spots by using scoops, shovels
or hand augers.  All pertinent information  on pit location and
sample location within the pit should be recorded in the field
logbook.  Photographs are a valuable aid when identifying the
exact location of a sample within a pit or  other subsurface
visual evidence of contamination.

     The exact depth and construction of a  test pit should be
designed by a field geologist or soils  scientist.  Sufficient
space on site should be maintained for  placement of removed
material.  After sampling, backfill material should be returned
to the pit under the direction of the f i el d . geol ogi st or soi-ls
scientist.


IV.  MAKING A RELEASE DETERMINATION

     The final task in the RFA is to make determinations of  release
potential throughout the facility and to make recommendations for
further action to address potential releases.  This section
summarizes information that the investigator should consider when
making release determinations for the soils media.

     Chapter Four presents the general  procedure to be followed
when making release determinations at the end fo the RFA.  This
i nvolves :

     o  Evaluating sampling results from the SV;

     o  Integrating facility information gathered in the PR,
        VSI, and SV to determine the likelihood of release at the
        facility; and

     o  Making final recommendations concerning the need for
        further investigations.

     The investigator should rely upon  his/her best professional
judgment and available information when making determinations as
to whether or  not contaminated soils pose a potential or actual
                               9-12

-------
                                                  QSWER POLICY DIRECTIVE NO.


threat to human health and the environment.  Furrier iTfvesrVgalHons
should be required if it is determined that exposure of receptors
is occurring or is likely to occur through direct contact with
contaminated soils, or if there is a likelihood that contaminated
soils are causing contamination of ground water or other human
health or environmental  problems.

     Exhibit 9-2 is a checklist that should help the investigator
evaluate specific factors to identify releases to soils and  to
determine the effect on human health and the environment.  When
identifying releases, the investigator should consider the series
of characteristics described in the chapter and highlighted  in
the check list that determine the potential for releases to  soil
from units of concern.  These characteristics include:  the  unit
type (e.g., above ground tank), the unit's containment systems
(e.g., liners), and the unit's design capacity.  Also, factors
such as the unit's age, condition, the quality of its operating
procedures, and whether or not the unit has a record of compliance
problems may indicate the potential for a release.
                               9-13

-------
                           EXHIBIT 9-2

                 CHECKLIST FOR  RELEASES  TO  SOILS


Identifying Releases


Potential  for Soil  Releases from the Unit

o  Unit type and design

   - Does  the unit  type (e.g.,  landbased)  indicate  the  potential
     for release?

   - Does  the unit  have engineered structures  (e.g.,  liners,
     proper construction material) designed to  prevent  releases?

o  Unit operation

   - Does  the unit's  age (e.g., old unit)  or operating  status
     (e.g., inactive)  indicate  the potential  for  release?

   - Does  the unit  have poor operating  procedures that  increase
     the potential  for a release?

o  Physical condition

   - Does  the unit's  physical  condition  indicate  the  potential
     for release (e.g., lack of structural  integrity)?

o  Site characteristics that affect the  ability for soil  to act
   as a transfer media

   - Is the soil particle size  large (e.g., sand) such  that the
     migration of releases through the  soil can readily occur?

   - Is the soil high  in organic material  that  may  either  bind  or
     biodegrade certain chemical releases?

   - Is the soil layer shallow  (e.g., less  than six feet)?

   - Is high annual rainfall characteristic of  this climate?

       Is the unit located near  a body of water  (e.g., in flood
       plain)?

       Is runon and runoff from the unit controlled?
                               9-14

-------
       APPENDIX A




SAMPLE RFA REPORT OUTLINE
                               OSWER POLICY DIRECT^



                              9502v 00= 5

-------
                                                               0-   . -. JCV DiREC   c NO.

                                                             950 2  .  00- 5   5.
                                APPENDIX A
                        SAMPLE RFA REPORT OUTLINE

I.   Conducting the Preliminary Review

     A.   Facility Waste Generation and Manufacturing Process Description
     B.   General Background on Environmental Setting
     C.   Locations and Characteristics of SWMUs and Other Potential
          Areas of Concern
          1.   Facility Map Identifying SWMUs and Potential Areas  of Concern
          2.   SWMU Information (for each SWMU or location of concern)
               a.   Unit Characteristics
               b.   Waste Characteristics
               c.   Pollutant Migration Pathways
               d.   Evidence of Release
               e.   Exposure Potential
     D.   Identifying Data Gaps and the Need for Additional Owner/Operator
          Information

II.  Conducting the Visual Site Inspection

     A.   Description of VSI Activities and Observations
     B.   Update SWMU Information Based Upon VSI Results
     C.   Conclusions and Recommendations for Further Action at Each
          SWMU/Location -                          '      •  •
          1.   No Further Action
          2.   Conducting a Sampling Visit
          3.   Conducting a RCRA Facility Investigation
          A.   Implementing Interim Measures

III. Conducting the Sampling Visit

     A.   General Description of Sampling Objectives
     B.   Sampling Plan for SV
     C.   Results of Sampling Visit
     D.   Conclusions and Final RFA Recommendations  for Further Action at
          Each SWMU/Location

APPENDICES

     A.   Visual Site Inspection Logbook
     B.   Phot.ographic Documentation of VSI
     C    Sampling Visit Logbook
     D.   Photographic Documentation of SV
     E.   Sampling Visit Safety Plan

-------
                     9502-00-5
    APPENDIX B




INFORMATION SOURCES

-------
                            RFA INFORMATION SOURCES      9502 •


This appendix provides details on the many sources of information whcih may be
useful during the RFA, particularly the preliminary review.  Most of these sources
will b« readily available to Regional/State staff.  This section provides a brief
description of the contents of each source and information on how to obtain them.


I.   RCRA Sources	   B-l

     1.  Permit Applications	   B-l
     2.  RSI 13 Submission (SWMU Response)	   B-l
     3.  Compliance Inspection Reports/Information from
         Enforcement Orders	   B-2
     4.  Exposure Information Report..*	   B-2
     5.  Other RCRA Sources.	   B-2


II.  CERCLA Sources	   B-2

     1.  CERCLA PA/SI Reports	   B-2
     2.  HRS Documentation	   B-3
     3.  CERCLA RI/FS Studies	   B-4
     4.  CERCLA 103(C) Notifications	,	   B-4


III. Other Federal Environmental Program, Sources	   B-4

     1.  NPDES Permits and Permit Applications	   B-4
     2.  Clean Air Act Permits and Permit Applications	   B-4
     3.  TSCA/OSHA Inspections	   B-5
     4.  Department of Defense Installation Restoration
         Program (IRP) Reports	   B-5


IV.  Other Miscellaneous Sources	   B-5

     1.  Aerial Photography.	   B-5
     2.  State/Local Well Permits	   B-6
     3.  U.S. Geological Survey and State Hydrogeologic Maps	   B-6
     4.  U.S. Soil Conservation Service Soil Maps	   B-7
     5.  GEMS (Graphical Exposure Modeling System)	   B-7
     6.  Municipal/County/City Public Health Agencies	   B-7
     7.  State/County Road Commissions	   B-7
     8.  Utilities	   B-8
     9.  Local Airports/Weather Bureaus	   B-8
     10. Naturalists/Environmental Organizations	   B-8
     11. Employees	   B-8
     12. Colleges /Universities	   B-8
     13. Interviews With Local Residents	   B-8
     14. Standard Reference Texts	   B-9

-------
                            RFA INFORMATION SOURCES        A tr A O   H A - "
                                                           «/ OU & • U v ~ D

I.   RCRA Sources

     1.  Permit Applications

     Part A notifications and Part B applications for permits contain a sizable
amount of information on the facility design and physical characteristics of the
surrounding area.  This information will sometimes apply to both unregulated
releases from regulated units and releases from unregulated ("old") units, and
should prove invaluable at many facilities in assessing the potential for old
units to contaminate ground water.  If the facility is seeking only an above-
ground storage facility permit, however, the permit application data may not
provide much information useful in evaluating an "old" landfill.

     Part B applications may not characterize the lower aquifers if they are not
connected to the uppermost aquifer.  If the application data are inadequate to
properly assess the impacts to ground water, the information may need to be
developed through other sources discussed later.

     In addition to relevant data on the facility as a whole, the permit applica-
tion also provides information that can be used to evaluate the potential for
unregulated releases from regulated units, specifically surface water and air
releases.  Most of the pertinent data relate to the design and maintenance of the
unit will be contained in the application.  Part B permit applications for land
disposal facilities will also provide information on whether actual releases
have occurred.

     It is Important to evaluate well placement when reviewing ground water
monitoring data for regulated units.  In some cases the location of existing
monitoring wells may make it difficult to determine if contamination results
from the regulated unit, an unregulated unit, or both.  Review of the analytical
data must be coupled with data on well location and ground water flow to posi-
tively identify the source of the observed release.

     The Regional offices and/or the State offices will have copies of the
permit applications for the facilities within their jursidiction.

     2.  RSI 13 Submission (SWMU Response)

     The data submitted in response to the Reauthorization Statutory Interpreta-
tion (RSI *3), dated February 5, 1985 from Jack W.  McGraw, should provide infor-
mation on the type and location of SWMUs, and information on the quantities and
types of wastes disposed in the SWMUs.  These submissions, however, may be incom-
plete or inaccurate, and should not be relied upon solely to Identify and charac-
terize SWMUs.  In many cases, the owner/operator was unclear which units to
consider SWMUs, and the historical information on wastes disposed in them may not
have been readily available to the owner/operator.

     The SWMU response will be available to Regional RCRA personnel.
                                      B-l

-------
     3.  Compliance Inspection Reports/Information from Enforcement Orders

     Compliance Inspection Reports are available for most RCRA facilities.
These reports contain useful information on site management practices,  monitor-
ing data, and unit conditions and should help in identifying problem units and
releases for possible sampling.  Comprehensive monitoring evaluations (CME'a),
which evaluate ground water monitoring systems at the facility, may provide an
indication of whether prior releases have occurred at the facility.  Frequent
violations of operating standards may indicate prior releases.  Some RCRA in-
spection reports will contain detailed information on the management practices
at the facility, suggesting the wastes most likely to be found on site.

     Enforcement actions at facilities may result in enforcement orders.  Re-
ports of these actions may provide useful information on releases at a site.
In many cases, the investigator may be able to obtain information on unregulated
units from results of investigations required in enforcement actions.

     These reports will usually be kept on file in Regional and State offices
with jurisdiction over the facility.

     4.  Exposure Information Report

     The 1984 Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments require owner/operators to
submit an exposure information report (EIR) to describe the likelihood of expo-
sure resulting from waste disposal activities.  Only facilities seeking operat-
ing permits for landfills and surface Impoundments are required to submit EIRs.

     EIRs will be available at Regional/State 'offices for facilities within
jurisdiction.

     5.  Other RCRA Sources

     Several additional RCRA sources may provide useful information during the
RFA.  These sources will all be on file at the Region/State office for facili-
ties within their jurisdiction.

     o  Biennial report
     o  Operating log
     o  RCRA waste manifest
     o  Notice to local authority
     o  ACL requests


II.  CERCLA Sources

     1.  CERCLA PA/SI Reports

     Almost 15 percent of  the  facilities seeking RCTIA Part  B  permits have re-
ceived  CERCLA inspections.   The site  inspection reports  for these  facilities
can provide a considerable  amount of  information on  facility  and unit  design
and management, waste characterization, and  pollutant dispersal pathways,
particularly  for  SWMUs and  inactive units*   They may also  have limited informa-
tion about target populations.  The exact  amount of  information provided  in
each report will  depend on  the amount  of information available at  the  time  the
report  was completed.


                                       B-2

-------
     The CERCLA SI report ia likely to provide some information fQ(£VttfePflW£J(<&*£CiW£ ?i!
ing categories:

     o  Facility design/management practices                    950 2 • 00-£>
        —  Listing of SWMU operations, facility layout;
        —  Discussion of conditions of Identified SWMUs; and
        —  Design specifications for SWMUs (when available).

     o  Waste characteristics
        —  Type and quantity of waste received to the extent known

     o  Pollutant dispersal pathways
        —  Analytical data on "observed releases" from the facility;
        —  Geology, topography, hydrogeology, climate of the area (if unit could
            be releasing to ground water);
        —  Climatic data (e.g. precipitation, wind data); and
        —  Facility topography as it relates to surface drainage patterns.

     o  Receptor characteristics
        —  Size and characteristics of nearby populations and sensitive environ-
            ments potentially exposed through air, surface water, and ground
            water routes.

     In addition to reviewing the final SI report, the person conducting the RCRA
preliminary assessment should also examine the CERCLA site file.  These files
contain supplementary information used to evaluate the site under CERCLA.  These
files include such items as:

     o  Field log book for the SI,                 ...
     d  Trip reports for the SI                                         '
     o  Records of communication
     o  Miscellaneous historical data/reports

     Except for the first item, the exact contents of the file will vary depend-
ing upon the type of information available and the data collection procedures
used at the time of the CERCLA SI.

     The CERCLA PA/SI reports will be on file in the Superfund division of
Regional/State offices with jurisdiction over the facility.

     2.  HRS Documentation

     Some subset of the sites that have undergone CERCLA PA/SIs have been scored
using the Hazard Ranking System (HRS).  Information on target populations and
sensitive environments should be available for each of the routes scored.  The
most frequently scored routes are surface water and ground water.  This document
may identify potential locations of concern for the RFA, though it may not
be comprehensive.

     The Regional CERCLA program offices have copies of all CERCLA HRS reports
and files.
                                      B-3

-------
     3.  CERCLA RI/FS Studies

     Again, some subset of the sites that have been given an HRS score will have
been subject to a remedial investigation/feasibility study (RI/FS).  If so, these
reports will characterize in great detail: air, surface water, ground water and
soil contamination, as well as populations actually or potentially affected by
these releases.

     The Regional CERCLA program offices have copies of all CERCLA RI/FS reports
and files.

     4.  CERCLA 103(c) Notifications

     Some sites may have information available on wastes disposed of at the
facility from a CERCLA 103(c) notification, which provides information on all
reportable quantities.  In the early stages of the CERCLA program, owners or
operators of waste management facilities and transporters were required to
notify EPA of places where CERCLA hazardous substances had been disposed.  EPA
reviewed approximately 9000 notifications representing approximately 2000
sites, after accounting for redundant reporting.  If the facility filed a CERCLA
103(c) notification, and no other source of information is available, this
source may provide a record of past disposal operations, such as information on
types, locations and volumes of waste disposed.

     The reviewer should contact the Regional CERCLA coordinator to see if a
CERCLA I03(c) notification exists for the facility.


III. Other Federal Environmental Program Sources

     1.  NPDES Permits and Permit Applications

     The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination Program (NPDES) regulates the
discharge of all pollutants into the waters of the United States.  Many RCRA
facilities also have NPDES permits for their wastewater discharges, and will
have submitted permit applications and usually received permits.  These permit
applications may provide a large amount of detail on the types of waste generated
at the facility, and some historical dats on how these wastes were disposed in
the past.

     The investigator should contact the Regional or State NPDES office in order
to obtain copies of pertinent permits and/or permit applications.

     2.  Clean Air Act Permits and Permit Applications

     Some RCRA' facilities will have air emissions requiring stationary source
controls under the Clean Air Act.  These permits and permit applications may
provide useful information on waste generation at the facility.  The baghot ;e
emission control dusts from some facilities  (e.g.,  secondary  lead smelting
facilities)  are listed hazardous wastes and must be disposed  in accordance with
RCRA.  The Clean Air Act permits and permit  applications should be consulted at
the appropriate facilities.

     The investigate"* should contact the Regional/State air permitting office
for information on permitting at these  facilities.


                                      B-4

-------
                                                          OSWER POLICY DIRECTIVE NO.
     3.  TSCA/OSHA Inspections
                                                        $502.00-5
     The Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) regulates the disposal of PCBs and
PCB equipment.  In some cases the responsibility for conducting TSCA inspections
is merged with the RCRA inspection program.  In other cases, these inspections
are conducted by a different unit within EPA.  TSCA inspection files may have
useful data on how much and where disposal and storage of PCBs has taken place
at a particular facility.

     The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) inspection reports
may identify the types of materials handled by a facility and may also establish
whether the owner or operator has a history of violations.  Violation histories
can indicate a facility's propensity for releases that might be subject to cor-
rective action.

     For information on TSCA activities at a facility, the investigator should
contact the Regional toxic substances office.  For information on OSHA inspec-
tions, the investigator should contact:

     Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Federal Agency Programs
     202-523-6027

     4.  Department of Defense Installation Restoration Program (IRP) Reports

     The Department of Defense has been conducting a corrective action program
at its facilities, entitled the Installation Restoration Program (IRP), for
approximately ten years.  This program was developed to characterize and remed-
iate contamination at DOD facilities, and is similar to the Superfund program.
The IRP program is organized into four phases:  Phase I, which is similar to
the' RFA; Phase II, which is similar to a CERCLA Remedial Investigation; Phase
III, which is similar to a CERCLA Feasibility Study; and Phase IV, which is the
design/construct phase of the program.

     All DOD facilities should have a completed Phase I report, which will be
very useful during the RFA at these facilities.  Many of the facilities will
also have a completed Phase II report, which will also be of great use during
the RFA.  Each branch of the armed forces has a separate office coordinating
their IRP work.  The Investigator should contact the following offices in order
to obtain copies of IRP reports:

     o  U.S. Air Force: Occupational and Environmental Health Laboratory (OEHL)
     o  U.S. Army: U.S. Army Toxic and Hazardous Materials Agency (USATHMA)
     o  U.S. Navy:  Naval Facilities Engineering Command (NavFEC)


IV.  Other Miscellaneous Sources

     1.  Aerial Photography

     Aerial photography, especially historical aerial photography, can be a
valuable tool in a prelimary assessment.  Historical aerial photography can
provide the following types of information:

     o  The location of past disposal units;
     o  The location of releases;


                                      B-5

-------
     o  Evidence of existing or past vegetation stress;
     o  Potential routes for contamination migration;
     o  Location and numbers of target populations; and
     o  Land use in the area.                                                   ^^

     A number of RCRA sites that were evaluated under CERCLA have had both
historical and recent aerial survey analysis.  The RCRA reviewer should contact
his/her regional coordinator for aerial photography.  These coordinators have
access through ORD/EMSL/LV to an index of sites that have had aerial photo-
graphic analyses.

     If an historical analysis and current overflight do not exist, they can be
requested through the regional coordinator.  EMSL has a computerized system
which accesses the major sources of extensive aerial photography including
libraries, archives, and the U.S. Geologic Survey.  EMSL can use this to order
copies of the photographs, analyze the photographs for relevant features and
prepare a bound copy of the analysis.  In most cases, historical aerial photo-
graphy will suffice for the purposes of the RCRA RFA.

     The usefulness of current aerial photographs is more limited.  They may be
able to identify vestiges of old disposal practices, current vegetation damage,
and surface drainage patterns.  Infrared photographs may be useful in identify-
ing areas of strained vegetation.  They can also accurately locate target
populations.  However, much of this information may be readily ascertainable
from a visual inspection of the facility.  Accordingly, requests for overflights
should be requested only when there are no other sources of the data.
                                                   *-
     2.  State/local well permits

     Most states require well drillers to obtain we'll installation permits.
This source, if available, can provide the most reliable information on the
number of households using well water in a particular area.  These offices can
often identify the aquifer from which individual wells draw and the construction
of individual wells, Including diameter.  This Information can also help in
identifying the closest downgradient wells that have the appropriate well
construction characteristics for sampling.

     This information is usually kept on file in state environmental program
offices, or may be found at county public works departments.

     3.  U.S. Geologic Survey and State Hydrogeologic Maps

     The U.S. Geologic Survey (USGS) and state geologic surveys may have detailed
maps characterizing the hydrogeology at locations of RCRA facilities.  Many of
these maps will supplement the ground-water characterization found in Part B
applications, and for storage and treatment facilities, may provide  the most
available source of hydrogeologic information.

     The USGS also hat a series of geological atlases providing data on geology
and soils.  These maps can cover areas as small as one quadrangle  (a 7.5 minute
map), which is approximately 6 by 8 miles.  These maps can also provide data on
soils and rock types underlying facilities which may be helpful if data provided
by the applicant are incomplete or unavailable.  This may be especially useful
for evaluating larger facilities.
                                      B-6

-------
                                                             JOIiLn ( uuiui UIIIL.UIIII. ii


     USGS hydrological map3 provide Information on ground water y^eld, soil
transmissivity and location of USGS wells (for monitoring water levels).  This
type of nap may assist the reviewer in understanding the relationship between
land based units and depth to ground water, location of ground water recharge
areas, prevailing regional flow, and ground water discontinuities (if the owner
or operator has not already provided this type of information).  These maps are
also available for areas as small as 7-1/2'.

     These maps can be obtained by contacting the local USGS office, or in the
case of state maps, the local state survey office.

     4.  U.S. Soil Conservation Service Soil Maps

     U.S. Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service (SCS) offices map
soil types and permeabilities at a resolution extending down to 2 acres in somes
cases.  These maps typically characterize soil type to a depth of six feet, and
the backup information used to develop these maps may evaluate soils to greater
depths.  This backup information is also available through the local SCS.

     5.  GEMS (Graphical Exposure Modeling System)

     EPA has access, through each of the regional offices, to a computerized
system with the capability to identify the number of individuals within a
specific radius of a facility.  This system is readily available and can provide
reliable information on populations potentially at risk from air releases.
When coupled with data on ground use patterns, it can also quantify target
populations drinking ground water.

     6.  Municipal/County/City. Public Health Agencies

     Municipal/county/city public health agencies or departments can provide a
wealth of information on the types of units located at a particular facility
and the wastes routinely received at the site.  Fire marshalls can provide
information on the nature of any fires or explosions that have occurred at the
facility.  Information on Incidents and site management practices can assist in
determining if any release's have occurred or are likely to occur as a result of
poor facility management.  These agencies maintain their records and files for
a number of years and often provide the only other source of Information on
"old" units.

     Even if these files contain little information, employees who have worked
with the local agency or fire department for a number of years, often know a
lot about the site or where to obtain additional information.

     7.  State/County Road Commissions

     Core samples of soils and rocks underlying a proposed road are often
analyzed during the engineering and planning stages of road construction.
Records of these analyses are usually retained and available through most
State/County road commissions.  This information can provide useful data, where
none or little are otherwise available, to evaluate the potential for contami-
nants to migrate through soils and ground water, and possibly to determine
where to sample.  This source will not be used routinely during the RFA.
                                      B-7

-------
     8.  Utilities

     Utilities may be able to provide extremely reliable and up-to-date popula-
tion data.  They can identify the number of households using public water sup-
plies, both ground water and surface water.  They can also identify the locatio
of public water wells and Intakes.  This information is necessary not only to
determine the affected population but may also help identify possible locations
for sampling. It will not usually be necessary to use this source during the UFA.

     9.  Local Airports/Weather Bureaus

2    These organizations maintain accurate historical records of the local cli-
mate.  This information is essential in evaluating the potential and direction
that contaminants could migrate through the air and the rate that contaminants
could migrate through the ground water and surface water routes.  Contaminants
can be expected to migrate faster through the ground water in areas with higher
precipitation.  Wind directlon(s) is essential in identifying downwind targets
for air releases.  Temperature is essential to evaluate the propensity for
materials to volatilize.  The amount of rainfall, especially during peak periods,
can also indicate the likelihood that contaminants will migrate overland to
surface water.

     10.  Naturalists/Environmental Organizations

     Local environmental groups can provide information on the presence and
location of wildlife and endangered species.  They often have access to indi-
viduals or Information which can identify the nesting grounds for animals.
They can also identify any other sensitive environments.

     11.  Employees

     Employees at the facility, both current and former, may be able to provide
information on facility design and management as well as information on the
types of wastes received at the facility.  It may be difficult to obtain owner
or operator permission to interview current employees.  For former employees,
it may be difficult to identify a knowledgable and reliable individual.  When
interviewing former and current employees, the Investigator should be sure to
understand the employee's motivation for providing the information and should
find out why former employees no longer work at the facility.

     12.  Colleges/Universities

     The biology departments of local colleges and universities may have informa-
tion on the location of sensitive environments.  In some cases, graduate student
reports and publications have carefully mapped the location of nesting grounds
and migratory pathways.  Such studies can be valuable in identifying the impact
of releases on target environments.  The geology or agriculture departments of
local colleges and universities may have information characterizing the local
geology and hydrogeology.  This can include maps of the area and studies evalu-
ating the permeabilities of soils.

     13.  Interviews with Local Residents

     As a last resort, local residents can be a source of  information on a
facility.  Sometimes, long-term residents know a. considerable amount about the
                                       B-8

-------
kind of operations conducted at a facility and the type and amount of waste
received at a facility.  In general, this source of iaformatioa Ahgqldjse
avoided to prevent any undue or premature alarm.              OSWtR FOliCY D'RECTiV'E

     14.  Standard Reference Texts

                    Chemical Fate and Transport Information

1.  U.S. EPA, Water-Related Environmental Fate of 129 Priority Pollutants.
    EPA-440/4-79-029a&b, 1979.

2.  U.S. EPA, Aquatic Pate Process Data for Organic Priority Pollutants,
    EPA-440/4-81-014, December 1982.

3.  Weast, R.C., ed. , CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics. 61st ed.,
    CRC Press, 1981.

4.  IGF, Inc., Draft, Superfund Public Health Evaluation Manual, Prepared
    for U.S. EPA, Office of Emnergency and Remedial Response, December 18,
    1985.
            Ground-Water Hydrology and Monitoring Well Construction

1.  Freeze, R. Allan, and John Cherry, Groundwater. Prentice-Hall, 1979.

2.  U.S. EPA, Office of Waste Programs Enforcement, RCRA Ground -Water
    Monitoring Technical Enforcement Guidance Document, Draft. August, 1985.

3.  Johnson Division, Groundwater and Wells, 2nd ed., 1986.    '   .


         Hazardous Waste Site Characterization, Sampling, and Analysis

1.  U.S. EPA, Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Characterization
    of Hazardous Waste Sites-A Methods Manual, Volume I-Site Investigations,
    Volume II, Available Sampling Methods, and Volume III. Available Laboratory
    Analytical Methods. EPA/600/4-84/075, April 1985.

2.  U.S. EPA, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Guidance on
    Remedial Investigations Under CERCLA, May 1985.

3.  U.S. EPA,  Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste. Physical /Chemical
    Methods. EPA SW-846, July 1982.

4.  Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 16th
    Ed., American Public Health Association, 1985.


                                Personal Safety

1.  American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Threshold
    limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices for 1985-86.  1985.
                                      B-9

-------
2.  National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health/Occupational
    Safety and Health Administration, NIOSH/OSHA Pocket Guide to Chemical
    Hazards, U.S. Government Printing Office.

3.  U.S. EPA, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Standard Operating
    Safety Guides, Edison, NJ,  1984.


                     lexicological Properties of Chemicals

1.  Sax, Irving, ed., Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials,  6th ed.,
    Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1984.

2.  National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Registry of Toxic
    Effects of Chemical Substances, U.S. Government Printing Office, (annual).

3.  Clayton, G.D. and P.E. Clayton, Patty's Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology,
    3rd ed.,Vols. 1-3, Wiley Interscience, 1979.

4.  ICF, Inc., Draft, Superfund Public Health Evaluation Manual, Prepared for
    U.S. EPA, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, December 18, 1985.
                                       B-10

-------
                                          00* ^
        APPENDIX C









SAMPLE  LETTER OF REQUEST FOR




 OWNER/OPERATOR INFORMATION

-------
                                                                  QSWEH FSJCf :.?^r-"VE

                                                                9502.00^5
      Dear Sirs:
           As we have discussed in our recent telephone conversations, the
f
Plant has been selected by EPA as a subject  for  testing  EPA's  draft guidance,
RCRA Facility Assessment Guidance.  The preliminary  assessment (PA) is  the
first phase in the process of determining whether  solid  waste  management units
(SWMU's) are releasing hazardous  constituents  to the environment  and  require
corrective action.

     After reviewing EPA files on the 	 Plant,  a list of questions
regarding additional information  has been developed.  It is  anticipated that
the requested information exists  in your files.  An  attempt  was made  to keep
the requested information to a minimum in order  to avoid impacting your effort
in preparing the Part B application.

     The following information Is requested:

1.  Provide elevations of all SWMU units and/or  identify the 100-year floodplain
    for the entire facility property.

2.  Provide any available information (dates,  quantities, materials,  locations)
    on past spills in the production area.

3.  -Spill tanks are shown on Figure B-I of 	 submittal, but are not
    mentioned in the text.  Explain the purpose  of the tanks and  provide chemical
    information on the material stored in the  tanks.  If this  unit does not fit
    the definition of a solid waste management unit, explain why.

4.  For the New Trash Incinerator (Unit I.A.), indicate  whether a permit has
    been issued by the 	 Air Pollution Control Board. Provide a
    copy of the permit if it has  been issued.

5.  For the Waste Treatment Sludge Incinerator (Unit I.C.),  provide the start-
    up date and planned closure date.  Describe  plans for treating or disposing
    of sludge after closure of the incinerator.

6.  For the Waste Treatment unit  (Unit 3), provide the following:

    i)    A description of the modifications In  plan operations which,  when
          combined with amendments to the 	hazardous waste regulations,
          have,rendered the wastewater non-hazardous since November  1,  1983.

    11)   The start-up date for the original wastewater  treatment unit  (the
          "pre 7/82" unit), and any available  description of wastewaster treat-
          ment and sludge disposal prior to  the  start-up of  this  unit.

    ill)  Any available data concerning the  hazardous constituents present in
          the sludge from the wastewater treatment plant unit  prior  to  November
          1, 1983.
                                            C-l

-------
7.   For the Waste Recycling Operations (Unit 4),  provide the following:

     i)   A. map showing the location of each recycling unit and associated
          storage tank and piping.  The map should be on a scale of one-inch
          equal to not more than 200 feet.

     ii)  An explanation of disposal and/or treatment of residues for each
          recycling unit.

8.   Provide the exact locations of the land farm areas and delineate boundaries
     where possible.  Clarify how many land farm areas have been used in the past.

9.   Provide any available information on the chemical composition of the sludge
     that has been applied to the land farms in the past.

10.  For the Storage Tanks (Unit 8), provide the following:

     i)   A may showing the location of each tank and associated piping.  The
          map should be on a scale of one-inch equal to not more than 200 feet.
          A map combining the Waste Recycling Operations (Unit 4), as requested
          above, with the storage tanks is acceptable.

     ii)  For each tank, indicate if any secondary containment exists.  A "yes"
          or "no" response will suffice.
     iii) Describe the leak test performed, frequency and date of last test for
          each tank.

     iv)  For each tank identified as having been found to leak, provide any
          available information describing the approximate period of leakage
          and estimated volume of leaked wastes.

     v)   For the tanks identified which may have been used in the past for
          solid waste storage, indicate which tanks are underground, elevated
          or at surface level.

 11.  Clarify how many landfills exist or have existed at the facility.  Delineate
     boundaries of each landfill (where possible).  If any other landfills are
     identified, describe what materials were disposed of in these landfills.

 12.  Provide any available Information (dates, quantities, materials, locations)
     on past spills at the facility that were reported to the National Response
     Center (or the 	Department of Health) as required under CERCLA.
t
                                      C-2

-------
                                                                    oswta POLICY DIRECTIVE NO.

                                                                           .00-5
f
           APPENDIX D



GUIDANCE ON OBTAINING ACCESS TO

 A. RCRA FACILITY IF ACCESS FOR

 A SITE INVESTIGATION IS DENIED
                  [SOURCE MATERIAL FROM:  U.S.E.P.A. HAZARDOUS WASTE GROUND
                  WATER TASK FORCE, "REVISED DRAFT PROTOCOL FOR GROUND-WATER
                  INSPECTIONS AT HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATMENT, STORAGE AND
                  DISPOSAL FACILITIES", JUNE 1985]

-------
f
                  FOR A SITS INVESTIGATION IF ACCESS IS DENIED

If an Investigator is denied access to a facility to
the following procedural steps  oust be followed.

                                                         9502.00^5   .
Upon Denial of Access

   I.   Upon denial of access,  thoroughly document the event, noting time,
        date, and facility personnel encountered. *

   2.   Ask for reason of denial of access to facility.

   3.   If the problem is beyond the investigator's authority, suggest  that  the
        owner/operator contact  an attorney to obtain legal advice regarding
        his/her responsibility  for providing facility access under Section 3007
        of RCRA.

   4.   If entry  is still denied, exit from the premises and document
        any observations made pertaining to the denial, particular!/ any
        suspicions of violations being covered up.

   5.   Report all aspects of denial of entry to  the U.S. EPA Office of
        Regional  Counsel for appropriate action,  which may include help
        tn obtaining a search warrant. **


Search Warrant Inspections

Conducting a site investigaton  under a search warrant will differ from  a  noraal
inspection.  The  following procedures should be complied with in these
situations:

Development of a  Search Warrant

   I.   An EPA Office of Regional Counsel attorney will assist the investigator
        in the preparation of the documents necessary to obtain a search  warrant
        and will  arrange for a  meeting with him/her and a U.S. Attorney.  The
        investigator should bring a. copy of the appropriate draft warrant and
        affadavits to the meeting.

   2.   The U.S.  EPA Office of  Regional Counsel attorney will inform the
        appropriate Headquarters Enforcement attorney of any denials of
        entry and send a copy of all papers filed to EPA Headquarters.

   3.   The attorney will then  secure the warrant and forward it to the
        U.S. Marshall who will  issue it to the owner/operator.
        *   Under no circumstances discuss potential penalties  or  do  anything
            which may be construed as threatening.

       **   It  should be stressed that it is the  policy of U.S.  EPA to obtain a warrant
            only when all other efforts to gain lawful entry have  been exhausted.
                                           D-l

-------
Use of a Warrant Co Gain Entry

   I.   The Investigator should never attempt to make any forceful entry of the
        facility.

   2.   If there is a high probability that entry will be refused even with a *
        warrant or where there are threats of violence, the investigator should
        be accompanied be a U.S. Marshall.

    3.  If entry is refused to an investigator holding a warrant but not
        accompanied by a U.S. Marshall, the investigator should leave the
        facility and in fora the U.S. EPA Office of Regional Counsel.

Use of a Warrant to Conduct the Investigation

   I.   The investigation oust be conducted strictly in accordance wich the
        warrant.   If the warrant restricts the investigation  to certain areas
        of the  premises or to certain records, those restrictions muse be
        followed.

   2.   If sampling is authorized, all standard procedures oust be carefully
        followed including presentation of receipts  for all samples  taken.  The
        facility should also  be informed of its right  to retain a portion of
        the samples obtained  by the investigator  (split samples).

   3.   If records or  property are authorized  to  be  taken,  the Investigator must
        provide receipts  to the owner/operator and maintain an inventory of all
        itans  removed  from the premises.
 . >  4.    In accordance  with the warrant,  the. investigator should take
         of all  areas where violations are  suspected.   Photographs  should also
         be taken at  each sampling  location as a quality control procedure.

 For further guidance regarding denial of  facility access consult the National
 Enforcement Investigation Center.  (303)  236-5100
                                        D-2

-------
                                       9502.00*5
                  APPENDIX E



            PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL

         PARAMETERS FOR CONSTITUENTS

                  OF CONCERN
[THE ATTACHED WAS PREPARED BY ICF,  INC.,  FOR THE
 OFFICE  OF EMERGENCY AND REMEDIAL RESPONSE, EPA,
 AND FOUND IN "DRAFT SUPERFUND HEALTH ASSESSMENT
 MANUAL", MAY 1985]

-------
                                                                 CSWER  Dire

                                                                 OSWB? Pft'CY
                                                                                                 tive  9255


                                                                                                n'-~~ r   ^
                                                                                                -"  - * '  • ~  . */ ,
f
  9'
  •9
  «
  a.
  a
  u

  •«
  a
           S,  9
           A — J.


           -5-
           ? J
           .1 2
            = 1


            ." i
f
           w : y>
           3^3
       a    a. —.
    =  Z
       =   la
                                      : — <


                                      155

                                                                                     . < < < ac <-
                                                                                  •a-a  s   3

                                                                                       fl.
                                                      — »>4 V 3 3 ^\ 3-O
                                                      - Orf 3 — 3'  (MM(Vll\l«<
                                                                         1,^3^3     4    ?
                           U   U
                                                                                    .4I4IUCJ4I  41
: 3 •  • 3  «   3


' 0.    —3O
                               3->   — * « 3
                                         333333
                                         3-3333
                                              ~
    _ _ -  .1* < /< O   « < .T — <<<<<4<— •»4<4^«^^<.'JJ— <<.-  IV. .-. C— »<-"<<< —   - u   us   a  —<
                 "* {% (V —   C (Si   4 —   ^  ** .? 3 3 <
                                  a  < u o  »v> — 3»»«>w—   c-C^«^— — — — —    33 — 3  -N
uu**«»u  ua   ««—
                              saa  « .^.^ — 4.^^ii — •»%.•». X?.  J~ — ?> — .— 33«-? = — .", S-SJT.-ir-. 3Z3

                             •*•*    —    ——   f>.—   <-  — O. (%, N ftl O. .% —  — — —  • — -^ !\.  — * — « !>. —  —    ^    —
          ^ I


      I i  I ->4 3 I

    ' i"1 4 3 — <  3 •
    139— i A. i
      I i  I "»4 ^ •
                                        I ~» I  I i
                                      I 4 3 J J -•
                                                   i  e
                                         f   » w^ ^ — rfN— 4 —
                                                                                                 - .>
                                  •o

                                  2-
                  s ^
                  I>
                        a   e   — wi s
                          Q W

                          n
                          U 3
                                                                                       «
                                                                                       b
                                                                               S"" a • a  i*
                                                                            _  -set   •a
                                                                            «  >«•- U 3   S
                                   t
                                   u

                                 ?!
                                ;i?I
    e « s  a—o •    3
   2 s2  f-w—    a
    ^ a .*  e xa-    a    • o
a   e—es«£sx    •    •« —
5e«x««  -^r   90    -r
— C ^ - ^ - ^J»-— "S»W    <—u   w*3    3  •   3

— w3i~a3wwit<^     -i_   a - s  x • — —   *"
                                                             E-l

-------
            3 3
9
^


3

            = 31
            a u -
      «*   t- 3 9
      —   9 * S


      2   JfJ
      a     al —

I -3   <
U 3           •
  3.1/1

- -   <     >
S —   U     ^

33   X   ^-~



--   i   III
                                                •jr

                                              « » « 3 3 3   -
                                                                          — •» * W JT •• •"> o»   0
                                                       uuu

                                                       §§S     *
                                                                                                             as-uaa-i   .
                             39
                               I
                                             « >o »• o    >o -o -   -3-
3 - 3 .»       a
                                                                3333->«3.»
                                                                3333 -^•Ti-^ —
                                                                                      «••>
                                                                                                        *.    - 3  _
 :3333-Z33Z33333   3 3 3 3 3'3 3  3
  t'tii   • •    iiiii    11111
  J3~r~°   ""~   ————-'   ——    • —
                                                                uuuuu   <<<<« *\

                                                       (M — »



                                                       UUU



                                                       300

                                                       « w tu

                                                       CM 7~»
                                                           <-—   — — «v — — ^ —   *

                                                                     •


                                         s   auu ••<%•""»•*•»   — fV ••>


                                                                                                                           — a



                                                                                                                           33
                                                                                t
                                                                                                    333
                           .-,-5  5
                                                                 — «   C = 3=   C .T
                                                                 — «   5* O .- -^   S %
                    Z «
                        ?. 3 % — «- •. .• :> « a» •» •• 3 <
                        ^3>^>'C.%WJS>-'*'   '"
                                                       — "» (\» «• • ft • — — fM ••
                                                                                            CVl
                                                                                       •»—   9k
                                                                                                       i — « » i 3 .-> % — >C .^ i  i —
•
£J
I
z
«3I«9I|
W
a — ^ OSQt — Q'Q
« x « uu«' 5 5 — «
u -j r s : y i ; u u « •-
• 939 -- XC
w^**sn^ ^^ ** ^ M wt
«« * H 3" >. S» X i 3 3 - 6 •- O
•S yU;J1J- , "'g,
— i i i i i i • I i i i i 3
: i i i i i i i i i < i i —
m y 3-.-
X >333
U 0333
« i_
S« X
57 a 3
& • u— — a -"
e • o •• «i •* ^ w>»
Sw •S3 — ax - s
?a e«w ux 3 ;
• a >£—••• "22 '52 -* '
aw<- « • •« - esc x - c 9 • e s -
a w • o a 5 S e -••••«• -* • ~ec - -«_- ?
g x*-- g • « s a M i e c --- 93 2 <• • a • *• = = ' = _
3 A.££ - - % •» N s a • 4 xxx e £ a— «- a a. « ":ii 2 2
s 3 ^ « • • e s c a *. ££*£& 9 a a — aa * 3 o <• ;•*•?„ r «
- N - i «- • 3 «a a -- - - - Si — s i-a- w w ' = ; * r ^ a ^A«
3S««-><«*£aa3S3aa«a'«a&i 3 ' > a. a A^-^^S^T 2 ^H
i «— • Of 3 9 3 *•- 0 0 9 3 3.3 3 3*-» S 3 3 S--iS-J3 . ^H
§^*3i.juwwaw — wt-w^-— . i . u w . ^-wt— -— — - _ ^H
- .1 -i o 3 a-- s 3 a a 3 a 3 aev un*i 3 a - s^ x-r '*: i r !!•
— a • o -«* — — — srt " — — — — • — — **•- •— a— — ' — <— :k- >.>>>>i-__ — _
-3-S9--33aT2a33.a32e9 t. -u-aa-s o--f~f^-=-.' r-
-. -MI =31 i i- e > i i i ••£! i<%<£i '-*^*J":;^*«-55
t*(NJ«J— • «•
« • »^» • ^ -^ ««*«^* «««« *'^ % » 1 •* » »-^ i» • ^ * '** " ~ "
a% — 9 — 9O — — — <«a«- — — — — 9«*0»- •* O- — 9O93-O3 — _9 « — 9
                                                                     £-2

-------
                                                                                           .>£',.-'.->  i''-l-:'.-T  -••••-' i!(-
•a
a
u

3.
y
w
a.

a
                                                                                        950  2  -   00-5
        .S   9
        s o
          o
          0
        = 31
        G w —
    a
        O «• S
        a.-
    -   • 9 «

        >
-•   u

    u
        u   —
        a - >.

        |||
        .
        — '3> 3
        = - •
        X a >»

                                                                  O    Og   3 =
                Pg^iMM   «««fW^    OS  S f ^
                ^ 9% ^ ^   *O *O ^ ^^ (^ S ^ 3 AJ   C 4 ^^ W^ ^* ^^ Al *" ^* ^ "^J    ^K Ai  C *^ i^
                                                «P« — O O 3« — C O
                                                         ill
                                                                                   C3—
                                                                                     II
                                                                                               i  i
                                                                                               o  o
                «U««   U4tUU«U«U«   ««UU4t««UU«dl«  UU   M  *


                                                                    -  i§   *  -
                =Z33Z3Z=-Z323^
                i    ii   i    ii   i    i
                                               *  *  i  i  »  i  i  i  i  i
                                   • f   S   1M


                                   r 4   W»   "»

                x   sa   u   uu   u   u     sauuaua  —



                                                                           i
_   M. Mj   M   *M ^   h«#   W
          O   39V   O   O
                                                    — •- (Vi — 3 — •«

                                              3=33=33333
                                              •  1  1  1 • * 1 « • *
                                               > 3 33"» 3 >C 3 1» —
                     OS   O 3 3
                     ii   * « «
                     WM   W — —
                     os   e s"-
                     o-   os*

                                                                                                               O3-
                                                                                          U • 3 U U U « • ^ - •*
                                                                                                          U U < < < y - 'J 'J U
                                                                                                               3O33S33333
                                                                                                               111*111111
                                                                                                             3 ?> 3     3   3 3
                                                                                                           3333C.~«-C"-3
                    aaaa   %iuusuaaa->aauut«e <-»«•«   o « 3 s * <

                    IN .% —      •
                    P. ^ ^ .% 3 i

                    ————%'
!5^'S?5c'*^""5S'c'*='tfi<
 — ""•S»   Z_,?N<-
                                                                                              4>O

                                                                                        -re   «*s
                                                                                                           I  I  I  I  « * I  • w •
^J-<^ — ^— _ — — -..

 ••» « fN. (V, C\. !\. .N .*. .% .-» .
            U
                        — ..c»i—
                — "»**»»rf»^/NB3 — "•«*<1^^O«^»^^«S«»e«O»—^"^IJT^IO*^*   3>3   •»«  rf»   S>»*~«"-«53T>€jr'. 3
                             ~?. llll^aillli—^il^JT*^l^^O— i                 ~            ~           '
                3'«9k'»»<^ a>« — 3: fw — 3> — «(\, p. (^<\, 3J(«. 3 3^vO«^>3 S-« ^ G JT 4     — —   •-O   M   S •« 3 •• — *~ — — « — — 3
                «^~W>^>«* V>^.O —-«-«'O« —— — « — " OMNi « — ^•tf •»     ••••   ••—   rft   —-• — ••«•*•»« ^ « 4 —

                                                                  E-3
                                                                                                              ICF INCOMPORATEO

-------
epa
U«le
1 i kh

Ul.l

l/l>9
<><|

uw
4W
y

\
a
xuia
u

r
•J
Ht-'f

t.i

*l
Vapor

i»:nn
Wiilt-T

Siiliiln 1
H

H<:
                          0   *<   3   =3     0
                        aaa     -»
                                              <   •«-
                                             -              ^  S  S  f
                                             f              ?i  •*  -,   .

                                                             r  *•  *  -
                                                             N      f\<





                                       eaa    a    aa  -aa    .
                                                                                      — 3   S 5 3  3   #
                                                                                       ii
                                                                                      ««
                                                                                      — «.
                                                                                      — 3
                                                                                      .

                                                                                 3N3
                                                                33X3X3
                                                                i  i    i    i
                                                                                              -o cu  —
                                                                                                                3—3
            a   o -i   « a     -j   w     -   s <   « ^
                                                                      aaaaa    aa    au<<       -j   = < -
3 — 3
C 33
* 33
- -*
a xu -i
3333
w *• •• <^
-«3 3
•n*^ —
-33—
                              3  3     333
                                                 u


                                                 «^
                                                 3
                                        aa   »au
                                         '       .    •
                                        -a^a   —!^"»
                                        SS   333
                                   '< a < *


                                   3-»*««
                                   33C3
                             2  *
                             •«  •»'
                                                                      37
                                                                      3 -> «
                                  3     S3   .-- :
                                  -X     3»a   ^-.


                          fUrf\     —     •••»•••.
                                                        - 3   Jr>^ —;
                                                        — —   % r  •
                                                                                 3   3 =
                                                                                                                -    - —

                                                                                                                a
                                                                                                                %
                                                                            3 i    •
                                                        mi  i (M O ^- — i  i«M
                                                               i ^ i  i 3 ;\4 i 3 i
                                                                                                             i-»ii   3
            3'«»9«»^^'"l^'»l  1  l«'»«IMO'»* — ^*l^'»^-1»"?>l. %J*.% -•>•».">. 1>O'CJ — <& S* O < a <  I.13S"*
             i m i « x "• '  '  i*'  '»*»t«»«>Oi  i^l  taXMOi  i ^ O 3 3> 3 i  i  tU*iC«»33i«"i-a3.'>i  '3
            (Si'»wi«a3S«<-jr3«3 — 3-'9>3.% "-<•«. ^ss^ajr-1 — ^>-"\. — —
            «'" — ••-••• — — ""•« — •»f»'-^f»»» — «fg  r> — -«^* — ^^ — »f- — ff> — •O — ff>CV>O«C-O«^ — >   *
                 a   13
               « —   s
               •Q-Q   3
               -u   o
        ««
        ^?
          3
          3
5
9
        ••(M
•«•££!
s c -   a.« •
                                    i
                                    g
                                    §
                                    2
                                    2
IX
• i
          cas— ow
          <^i«>->b<*
      — — s « 3 o — —
                   sy   0   -
            S
  i         a
  5   »     N
  'SSCS
  — c - : » «
  --^-c^
-3-9-9333
-Si.. — —MWi
--3i-s:s-«
  -«*-— a-i
      <
                                                                                                           ••oa
        assflJCJBw — — s « 3 o — —     ««•     --3i-s:s-«
      ^ y u - —     yii«C3«'-c     s s 3     *-«*-— a-i     -
      s     • *.-— « ^ u- • « u e i     - — u 0 a a >.»<- aa s &  »*
      ••o-s-a».= «is-a3--  u •> • •   -ss-i-x-sss   s-
        sss — si-w^cx-o xx   ««*'Q-tt3,-*a&iwi..sa-
    SB««-js--_§»»io£rf-e»2j--c»-»   vsassas-iJ
    o «•       -jto — ra.----i---   »«3s:i^ii---^j:w
    -«»>x          x>is->xij-srr     a-^ssaoic— a--"
                                                            3
                                                            u
                                                       a-  >
                                                            =
                                                            x
                                              X."3 9
                                                i =
                                              s - 2
                                              =-5-
                           e 3   ->
-------
                                                                          C5VES  3ir
                                                                   ;--ve Slij.--;
                                                                         OSWERPOUCY DIRECT;«E *
t
                                                                                 .00-5
  III
  •o

  w
  «
  a

             I'.
        <


        a
     •3  < •
   - =  z
  3


a 3 5

• a •

> >-«
                                                       i*  o  3<«^—'3
                 =r
                 as
                 aa
                 -a
      a


      3
      e
      a
                               3 c o ^  o>





                               <-><<  -)k-   _    ,.
                                                                            a  a
                                                      :aaai=aaa-  aa    zzz:
                                                                                                  *
                                                       <-) U (J U < < < — U < <  .
                                                       ZZ~SriZZSi2i  N
 saa«  oe
 — = =—
-a a aa~aa»o — aa  «
« a aa.9>.Mp'-«o. — « _—  ^
                                                                                                 s
                                                                                               <• -J
                                                                                               <« ^
                      ^_	^.S^'fi^"* • O>
                                                                                •  «M
                                                                                 I   I
                                          <  0s
                   •  •  a
1

 — «-     * * *^ *  *

Ifisg*  l?*s:,£
                             e  £^
                                                  |
                                                                            a>
                                                                            M
                             aeaa«o
                                     1-  a * t- --3-
                                         a*       ^    . _       «
                                         i c * •    « — — «. x    *  •«
                                         o 5 s e    las. &    ^  s
                                         S " « •    a s s .% a    c  a
                                         ae^£    ka«.«>.    3  0        «
                                         .«^^«  si-i-ea    a  a        -a
                                           a»os;3.a.«3    s.  •        :
          .             _                 eaaas-asaci    la        =
u:-fi   ^ — j u£ u au § • • •  •          luwu-  wv.wi.3a  «a  ue     — =
  ssSs^  •_ • « ••• a  s s 2 s u 3 •        <• a s a »  cassst  Sy   «     « s.
^ - a •- us  wst»sw—«.- — — .. _ ~. q        i___-  c — — -a^  •   •»-     at
=SS-  -  -3 --3-  £---____     B  -iii-e=iiiW-o--3  S<»     « =
                                      e
                                                                                                — <- -a
                                                       E-5

-------

-------
                                                           OSfl& POLICY DIRECTIVE NO.
                                                               a•oo-5
                                   APPENDIX  F

              EXAMPLE DATA  ELEMENTS  FOR  FACILITY PR IORITIZAT ION
tf

-------
                                                         09ER POLICY DIRECTIVE NO.


                                   APPENDIX F          950 2  . 00" 5

               EXAMPLE DATA ELEMENTS FOR FACILITY PRIORITIZATION


       1.   What is the net recharge of the facility area?


       2.   What is the distance from the unit to the aquifer below the
            unit?  If actual  depth is unknown, circle closest approxima-
            tion of depth from ranges given below:

            Feet;  0-5   5-10   10-30   30-50   50-75   75-100   100+


       3.   What is the slope of the surface topography within the
            facility boundary?  Circle closest approximation of slope
            from ranges given below:

            % Slope;   0-2   2-6   6-12   12-18   18+


       4.   How deep is the soil layer beneath the facility?
            (Use soil references cited in RFI guidance.)


       5.   Is there a surface water body downgradient that is within
            t w'o m i 1 e s -o f t h e  u n i t ?

            If yes, what is the distance betwen the surface water body
            and the unit?


       6.   For land disposal facilities (that should have information
            on hydraulic conductivity, hydraulic gradient, and effective
            porosity included in their Part B permit applications),
            calculate the time of travel (TOT) to the facility boundary
            and the nearest drinking water well downgradient.  Refer to:

            Criteria for Identifying Areas of Vulnerable Hydrogeology -
            Interim Final, June 1985;the time of travel calculation
            was developed by  the UTS'. EPA Office of Solid Waste as a
            tool to be used in assessing the vulnerability of ground
            water in different hydrogeologic settings.

            The foflowing steps should be completed when calculating TOT:

            a)  What is the calculated or average velocity (V) of ground-
                water flow below the facility?  (Refer to criteria cited
                above.)
tf

-------
     b)   What is  the distance  to:

         1)   facility boundary?
         2)   nearest downgradient  drinking  water  well(s)?

         What is  the TOT  for:

         1)   time to facility  boundary?
         2)   time to nearest  downgradient  drinking  water well(s)?
             (Refer to Criteria  cited  above.)


7.    For facilities other than land  disposal  facilities,  facilities
     located on karst terrain  or fractured  bedrock:

     If  a rapid ground water  velocity  is  suspected,  collect  data
     on  hydraulic gradient,  hydraulic  conductivity,  and effective
     porosity in  order to calculate  TOT  from  the  unit  to  1)
     facility boundary and 2)  nearest  drinking  water well.


8.    What is/are  the waste constituent(s)  of  concern?   If  unknown,
     provide available information on  the  following aspects  of
     the waste to allow reasonable inferences  to  be drawn  on what
     constituents are present.

     a)   Suspected classes of  compounds  (e.g.,  organic solvents,
         inorganics, etc.);.

     b)   Waste streams (e.g.,  pickle liquor);

     c)   Manufacturing process(es) which  produced waste.


9.    Are there any active production wells  near the unit  or
     faci1ity?  If yes:

     a)   What is  the distance  between  the  unit  and  the production
         well(s)?

     b)   What is  the production  capacity  of the well(s)?

     c)   How old  is the unit(s)?

-------